Attached files

file filename
EX-23.1 - CONSENT OF MARCUM BERNSTEIN & PINCHUK LLP - UK Wisdom Ltdfs12021a1ex23-1_ukwisdom.htm
EX-3.2 - FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION - UK Wisdom Ltdfs12021a1ex3-2_ukwisdom.htm
EX-1.1 - FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT - UK Wisdom Ltdfs12021a1ex1-1_ukwisdom.htm

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on June 21, 2021

Registration No. 333-256794

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

___________________________

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

___________________________

UK WISDOM LIMITED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

___________________________

Cayman Islands

 

7380

 

n/a

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Floor 8, Tower D
No. 2 Guang Hua Road
Chaoyang District, Beijing
People’s Republic of China, 100026
+86 (10) 6506
-7789

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

___________________________

Cogency Global lnc.
122 East 42
nd Street, 18th Floor
New York, NY 10168
+1 800
-221-0102
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

___________________________

Copies to:

Allen C. Wang, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
18
th Floor, One Exchange Square
8 Connaught Place
Central, Hong Kong
+852 2912
-2500

 

Mitchell Nussbaum
Giovanni Caruso
Loeb & Loeb LLP
345 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10154
+1 (212) 407-4000

___________________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. £

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer

 

£

 

Accelerated filer

 

£

Non-accelerated filer

 

S

 

Smaller reporting company

 

S

       

Emerging growth company

 

S

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. £

 

Table of Contents

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of Security being Registered

 

Amount
to be
Registered(1)

 

Proposed
Maximum
Offering
Price Per
Security(2)

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
Price(2)

 

Amount of
Registration
Fee

Units, each consisting of one Class A Ordinary Share, par value $0.0001 per share, and one Right to acquire one-tenth of a Class A Ordinary Share(3)

 

5,750,000

 

$

10.00

 

 

$

57,500,000

 

 

$

6,273.25

 

Class A Ordinary Shares included as part of the Units(3)

 

5,750,000

 

 

(4)

 

 

(4)

 

 

(4)

Rights included as part of the Units(3)

 

5,750,000

 

 

(4)

 

 

(4)

 

 

(4)

Class A Ordinary Shares underlying Rights included as part of the Units(3)

 

575,000

 

$

10.00

 

 

$

5,750,000

(5)

 

$

627.33

(5)

Representative’s Class A Ordinary Shares

 

28,750

 

$

10.00

 

 

$

287,500

 

 

$

31.37

 

Representative’s Unit Purchase Option(6)

 

1

 

$

100.00

 

 

$

100.00

 

 

$

0.01

 

Units underlying the Representative’s Unit Purchase Option(6)

 

287,500

 

$

11.50

(5)

 

$

3,306,250

(5)

 

$

360.71

(5)

Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Representative’s Unit Purchase Option(6)

 

287,500

 

 

(4)

 

$

(4)

 

$

(4)

Rights underlying the Representative’s Unit Purchase(6)

 

287,500

 

 

(4)

 

$

(4)

 

$

(4)

Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Rights included as part of the Representative’s Unit Purchase Option(6)

 

28,750

 

$

11.50

(5)

 

$

330,625

(5)

 

$

36.07

(5)

Total

     

 

 

 

 

$

67,174,475

 

 

$

7,328.74

 

____________

(1)      These Class A ordinary shares are not being registered for the purpose of sales outside the United States. Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, this registration statement also registers such indeterminate number of additional Class A ordinary shares as may become issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Unit Purchase Option, or upon conversion of the Rights included as part of the Units and the Rights underlying the Representative’s Unit Purchase Option, as may be adjusted to prevent dilution as a result of stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or other similar transactions.

(2)      Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a).

(3)      Includes (i) Units, (ii) Class A ordinary shares and Rights underlying such Units and (iii) Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Rights included as part of such Units. Each ten Rights entitle the holder thereof to receive one Class A ordinary share at the closing of a business combination.

(4)      No fee pursuant to Rule 457(g).

(5)      Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, based on the price of the units or the units underlying the Representative’s Unit Purchase Option, as the case may be.

(6)      Represents the Representative’s Unit Purchase Option we will sell to Maxim Partners LLC, parent of the Maxim Group LLC, the representative of the underwriters, and/or its designees, upon the consummation of this offering, to purchase our units at a price per unit equal to 115% of the public offering price of the units offered in this offering. Includes (i) units underlying the representative’s unit purchase option, (ii) Class A ordinary shares and rights underlying such units and (iii) Class A ordinary shares underlying the rights included as part of such units. Each ten rights entitle the holder thereof to receive one Class A ordinary share at the closing of a business combination.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 21, 2021

$50,000,000

UK WISDOM LIMITED

5,000,000 UNITS

UK Wisdom Limited is a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company for the purpose of entering into a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities. Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic region, although the Company intends to pursue prospective targets in Asia with a focus on the e-commerce, new energy, enterprise services, education and biomedical sectors. We intend to primarily seek to acquire one or more growth businesses with a total enterprise value of between $200,000,000 and $1,000,000,000.

This is an initial public offering of our securities. Each unit that we are offering has a price of $10.00 and consists of one Class A ordinary share and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of a Class A ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial business combination, as described in more detail in this prospectus. Each ten rights entitle the holder thereof to receive one Class A ordinary share at the closing of a business combination. We will not issue fractional shares. As a result, you must hold rights in multiples of 10 in order to receive shares for all of your rights upon closing of a business combination. No fractional rights will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole rights will trade.

We have granted Maxim Group LLC, the representative of the underwriters, a 45-day option to purchase up to 750,000 units (over and above the 5,000,000 units referred to above) solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

We will have until 12 months from the consummation of this offering to consummate our initial business combination. However, if we anticipate that we may not be able to consummate our initial business combination within 12 months, we may, but are not obligated to, extend the period to consummate a business combination three times by an additional three months each time (for a total of up to 21 months to complete a business combination). Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the trust agreement to be entered into between us and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC on the date of this prospectus, in order to extend the time available for us to consummate our initial business combination, our insiders or their affiliates or designees, upon five days advance notice prior to the applicable deadline, must deposit into the trust account for each three months extension, $500,000, or $575,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per share in either case), on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline. Public shareholders will not be offered the opportunity to vote on or redeem their shares in connection with any such extension.

Our initial shareholders hold 1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares (which we refer to as “insider shares” as further described herein) prior to this offering, including up to an aggregate of 187,500 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that we anticipate our initial shareholders will collectively own 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (excluding the issuance of representative shares and the sale of the private units and assuming our initial shareholders do not purchase units in this offering). The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein and in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. The holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to elect all of our directors prior to our initial business combination and the holders of our Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on the election of directors during such time.

Our sponsor, Ucommune Talent Limited, a Cayman Islands limited liability company, has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 272,250 units, or “private units,” at $10.00 per private unit (for a total purchase price of $2,722,500), or 294,750 private units if the over-allotment option is exercised in full (for a total purchase price of $2,947,500). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. These private units are identical to the units sold as part of the units in this offering, subject to limited exceptions as further described herein. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in the trust account described below.

There is presently no public market for our units, ordinary shares or rights. We intend to apply to list our units on the Nasdaq Capital Market, or Nasdaq, under the symbol “UKWIU” on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The Class A ordinary shares and rights comprising the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus unless Maxim Group LLC determines that an earlier date is acceptable, subject to our filing a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC containing an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering and issuing a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. Once the securities comprising the units begin separate trading, the Class A ordinary shares and rights will be traded on Nasdaq under the symbols “UKWI,”and “UKWIR,” respectively. We cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq after this offering.

To effect a business combination, we will either (i) seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), or (ii) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of our proposed business combination or allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval.

We are an “emerging growth company” and “smaller reporting company” as defined under applicable federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 26 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities. Investors will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

No offer or invitation, whether directly or indirectly, to subscribe for units may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands.

 

Price to Public

 

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions(1)

 

Proceeds, before Expenses, to us

Per Unit

 

$

10.00

 

$

0.55

(2)

 

$

9.45

Total

 

$

50,000,000

 

$

2,750,000

 

 

$

47,250,000

____________

(1)         For further information relating to the underwriters’ compensation, please refer to the section entitled “Underwriting” beginning on page 118 of this prospectus.

(2)         Includes up to $1,750,000, or $0.35 per unit, equal to 3.5% of the gross proceeds of this offering (or $2,012,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) payable to the underwriters as deferred underwriting discounts and commissions from the funds to be placed in the trust account described in this prospectus. The deferred underwriting discounts and commissions will be released to the underwriters upon consummation of an initial business combination, as described in this prospectus. If the business combination is not consummated, such deferred underwriting discounts and commissions will be forfeited by the underwriters. The underwriters will not be entitled to any interest accrued on the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions.

Upon consummation of the offering, $10.10 per unit sold to the public in this offering (whether or not the over-allotment option has been exercised in full or part) will be deposited into a United States-based account at Bank of America, N.A. maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC acting as trustee. Such amount includes $1,750,000, or $0.35 per unit (or $2,012,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable to the underwriters as deferred underwriting discounts and commissions. Except as described in this prospectus, these funds will not be released to us until the earlier of the completion of our initial business combination and our liquidation upon our failure to consummate a business combination within the required period.

We are offering the units for sale on a firm-commitment basis. Maxim Group LLC, acting as sole book-running manager and representative of the underwriters, expects to deliver our securities to investors in the offering on or about            , 2021.

Sole Book-Running Manager

Maxim Group LLC

            , 2021

 

Table of Contents

UK WISDOM LIMITED

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

Prospectus Summary

 

1

The Offering

 

11

Risks

 

23

Summary Financial Data

 

25

Risk Factors

 

26

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

48

Use of Proceeds

 

49

Dividend Policy

 

53

Dilution

 

54

Capitalization

 

56

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

57

Proposed Business

 

62

Management

 

79

Principal Shareholders

 

87

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

 

90

Description of Securities

 

93

Cayman Islands Company Considerations

 

99

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

 

107

Taxation

 

109

Underwriting

 

118

Legal Matters

 

124

Experts

 

124

Where You Can Find Additional Information

 

124

Index to Financial Statements

 

F-1

We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. This prospectus is dated as of the date set forth on the cover hereof. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than that date.

Until            , 2021 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our Class A ordinary shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

i

Table of Contents

Prospectus Summary

This summary highlights certain information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. For a more complete understanding of this offering, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the risk factors and the financial statements. Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus:

•        “Class A ordinary shares” refers to our Class A ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share.

•        “Class B ordinary shares” refers to our Class B ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share.

•        “Companies Act” refers to the Companies Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands as the same may be amended from time to time.

•        “initial shareholders” refers to all of our shareholders immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, including all of our officers and directors to the extent they hold such shares;

•        “insider shares” refers to the 1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders prior to this offering (including up to an aggregate of 187,500 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part);

•        “ordinary shares,” or “shares” refers to our Class A ordinary shares and our Class B ordinary shares;

•        “private units” refers to the units we are selling privately to our sponsor upon consummation of this offering;

•        “private rights” refers to the rights underlying the private units;

•        “public shareholders” refers to the holders of the Class A ordinary shares which are being sold as part of the units in this public offering, or “public shares,” whether they are purchased in the public offering or in the aftermarket, including any of our initial shareholders to the extent that they purchase such public shares (except that our initial shareholders will not have redemption or tender rights with respect to any public shares they own);

•        “representative shares” refers to the 25,000 Class A ordinary shares (or 28,750 Class A ordinary shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full by the underwriters) which we issued to Maxim Partners LLC, parent of Maxim Group LLC, and/or its designees upon the consummation of this offering;

•        “sponsor” refers to Ucommune Talent Limited, a Cayman Islands limited liability company, of which (i) UK Talent Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Ucommune International Ltd, owns an 85% equity interest, and (ii) Mao Daqing, our Director, and founder, Director and controlling shareholder of Ucoummune International Ltd, owns a 15% interest;

•        “US Dollars” or “$” refers to the legal currency of the United States; and

•        “we,” “us,” the “Company” or “our company” refers to UK Wisdom Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company.

Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option.

All forfeitures of the Company’s shares described in this prospectus shall take effect as surrenders for no consideration as a matter of Cayman Islands law. All conversions of ordinary shares described in this prospectus shall take effect as redemptions of ordinary shares and issuances of the corresponding ordinary shares, where applicable, as a matter of Cayman Islands law.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

1

Table of Contents

General

We are a blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on March 10, 2021 for the purpose of effecting a merger, engaging in a share exchange, share purchase, reorganization, share reconstruction and amalgamation with, purchasing all or substantially all of the assets of, entering into contractual arrangements with, or engaging in any other similar business combination, which we refer to as a “business combination,” with one or more businesses or entities, which we refer to as a “target business.” Although there is no restriction or limitation on the industry or geographic region in which our target operates, we intend to pursue prospective targets in Asia with a focus on the e-commerce, new energy, enterprise services, education and biomedical sectors. We intend to primarily seek to acquire one or more growth businesses with a total enterprise value of between $200,000,000 and $1,000,000,000.

We do not have any specific business combination under consideration and we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf), directly or indirectly, contacted any prospective target business or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. In addition, we have not engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate, to conduct any research or take any measures, directly or indirectly, to locate or contact a target business.

Our Management Team

We will seek to capitalize on the comprehensive experience and contacts of our executive officers in consummating an initial business combination. Our management team consists of Daqing Mao, our Director, Xuefei Xiao, our Chief Executive Officer, and Siyuan Wang, our Chief Financial Officer.

Daqing Mao serves as our Director. He founded Ucommune International Ltd in 2015 and has served as the Director of Ucommune International Ltd since December 2020 and the chairman of the board of directors since June 2021. Prior to founding Ucommune International Ltd, Dr. Mao served as the executive vice president of China Vanke Co., Ltd. (HKEX: 2202) and the general manager of Beijing Vanke Company Limited from 2009 to 2015. Prior to that, Dr. Mao served as the Bohai-Rim region general manager of CapitaLand China Holdings Pte Ltd (Beijing) from 2002 to 2009, and was the chief representative of The Ascott Limited (Beijing) from 2000 to 2002, a resident architect and project manager at Somerset Holdings Limited from 1996 to 1999, a senior designer at Nikken Sekkei International from 1994 to 1996, and a senior planner at Thailand’s Saha Group from 1993 to 1994. Dr. Mao has also been the founder and chairman of 5Lmeet, a lifestyle innovation company based in Beijing since 2015. He is a Chartered Architect in China and serves as visiting professor in multiple universities and an expert consultant of the Beijing Municipal People’s Government. Dr. Mao received a bachelor’s degree in architecture from Southeast University in 1991 and a Ph.D. degree in management science and engineering from Tongji University in 2002. He also completed a post-doctoral program in regional economics at Peking University in 2006.

Xuefei Xiao serves as our Chief Executive Officer. Since 2017, Ms. Xiao has worked in the legal department of Ucommune International Ltd, and currently serves as the head of the legal department. Prior to working at Ucommune International Ltd, Ms. Xiao served as legal counsel of Chengtong Human Resource Company Ltd. from July 2009 to July 2017, specializing in labor law. Ms. Xiao obtained a Bachelor of Economic Law from Northwest University of Political Science and Law in 2006 and a master’s degree in international law from University of International Business and Economics in 2008. Ms. Xiao has passed the PRC legal professional qualification examination.

Siyuan Wang serves as our Chief Financial Officer. Since November 2018, Mr. Wang has worked at Ucommune International Ltd, currently serving as the financial controller. He has served as the chief financial officer at Ucommune International Ltd since June 2021. He worked in the audit and assurance function at Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu LLC, Chicago office, from 2012 to 2018. Mr. Wang has a strong background in accounting and finance and is familiar with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP and financial reporting. He graduated from the University of Idaho in 2009 with a Bachelor of Science in Accounting and Finance, and received a Master of Science in Accounting from Michigan State University in 2012. Mr. Wang has been an American Certified Public Accountant (AICPA) since September 2014.

We believe the experience and contacts of our management team will give us distinct advantages in sourcing, structuring and consummating acquisition transactions. We believe that our team has a strong mixture of skills, including experience with entrepreneurship, investment, legal, accounting and finance and marketing, which we believe will assist us in identifying a target and effecting a business combination.

2

Table of Contents

We have developed a proprietary network of business leaders, investors and intermediaries that we believe can generate deal flow for us. We believe we can source attractive deals and find compelling investment opportunities from private and public sources to create value for shareholders. See “Management” for complete information on the experience of our officers and directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs and will allocate their time to other businesses, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We expect each of our employees to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business (which could range from only a few hours a week while we are trying to locate a potential target business to a majority of their time as we move into serious negotiations with a target business for a business combination).

As more fully discussed in “Management — Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law, prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Most of our officers and directors currently have certain pre-existing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations.

In addition, past performance by our management team is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to locate a suitable candidate for our initial business combination. Furthermore, the members of the management team may not remain with us subsequent to the consummation of a business combination.

Established Deal Sourcing Network

We believe the strong track record of our management team will provide access to a quality deal pipeline. In addition, we believe we have contacts and sources from which to generate acquisition opportunities and possibly seek complementary follow-on business arrangements. These contacts and sources include those in government, media, private and public companies, private equity and venture capital funds, investment bankers, attorneys and accountants. Given or management team’s deal experience, extensive contacts and value-add capabilities, we believe that we will be able to acquire a target business that will achieve significant returns for investors.

Status as a Publicly Listed Company

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to prospective target businesses. As a publicly listed company, we will offer a target business an alternative to a traditional initial public offering. We believe that target businesses will favor this alternative, which we believe is less expensive, while offering greater certainty of execution than a traditional initial public offering.

During a traditional initial public offering, expenses incurred in marketing would typically be costlier than in a business combination with us. Furthermore, once our shareholders approve a proposed business combination (if applicable) and we consummate the transaction, the target business will have effectively become public. In contrast, a traditional initial public offering is subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions that could prevent the offering from occurring.

Once public, we believe the target business would have greater access to capital and additional means of creating management incentives that are better aligned with shareholders’ interests than it would as a private company. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented management.

Strong Financial Position and Flexibility

With the funds held in our trust account, we can offer a target business a variety of options to facilitate a business combination and fund future expansion and growth of its business. Because we can consummate a business combination using the cash proceeds from this offering, our share capital, debt or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use an efficient structure allowing us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to address the needs of the parties.

3

Table of Contents

However, if a business combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay for the purchase price, we may need to arrange third party financing to help fund our business combination. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing.

Acquisition Strategy

Our acquisition strategy will seek to capitalize on the operational and M&A expertise and relationships of our management team and our board of directors to identify attractive businesses that have capacity to grow rapidly by utilizing a public vehicle. Although we are not limited to any particular industry, we intend to primarily focus on companies operating in the e-commerce, new energy, enterprise services, education and biomedical sectors. There is no restriction in the geographic region of targets that we can pursue, although we intend to initially prioritize regions in Asia, as our officers and directors consist of successful entrepreneurs and senior executives with decades of operating and M&A experience in the region.

Acquisition Criteria

The focus of our management team is to create shareholder value by utilizing its experience to improve the efficiency of the business while implementing strategies to grow revenue and profits organically and/or through acquisitions. Consistent with our strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. While we intend to use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating prospective businesses, we may deviate from these criteria and guidelines should we see fit to do so:

•        Niche Deal Size

We intend to acquire companies with enterprise values of between $200,000,000 and $1,000,000,000 that are preferably already cash-generating. We believe we have greater access to companies within this range and the negotiation process is generally less time consuming than companies that are much larger.

•        Long-term Revenue Visibility with Defensible Market Position

We intend to seek target companies that are at an inflection point, such as those requiring additional management expertise, are able to innovate by developing new products or services, or where we believe we can drive improved financial performance and where an acquisition may help facilitate growth.

•        Benefits from Being a Public Company listed on Nasdaq (Value Creation and Marketing Opportunities)

We intend to seek target companies that should offer attractive risk-adjusted equity returns for our shareholders. We intend to seek to acquire a target on terms and in a manner that leverages our experience. We expect to evaluate financial returns based on:

•        the potential for organic growth in cash flows,

•        the ability to achieve cost savings,

•        the ability to accelerate growth, including through the opportunity for follow-on acquisitions, and

•        the prospects for creating value through other value creation initiatives; potential upside from growth in the target business’ earnings and an improved capital structure will be weighed against any identified downside risks.

These criteria are not exhaustive. Any evaluation of the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant.

Other Acquisition Considerations

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. If we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, intend to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent firm that commonly renders valuation opinions for the type of company we are seeking to acquire or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

4

Table of Contents

Effecting a Business Combination

We will either:

•        seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), or

•        provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of our proposed business combination or allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval.

If we so choose and we are legally permitted to do so, we will have the flexibility to avoid a shareholder vote and allow our shareholders to sell their shares pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. In that case, we will file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, solely if we seek shareholder approval, a majority of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination.

We will have until 12 months from the consummation of this offering to consummate our initial business combination. However, if we anticipate that we may not be able to consummate our initial business combination within 12 months, we may, but are not obligated to, extend the period to consummate a business combination three times by an additional three months each time (for a total of up to 21 months to complete a business combination). Public shareholders will not be offered the opportunity to vote on or redeem their shares in connection with any such extension.

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the trust agreement to be entered into between us and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC on the date of this prospectus, in order to extend the time available for us to consummate our initial business combination, our insiders or their affiliates or designees, upon five days advance notice prior to the applicable deadline, must deposit into the trust account for each three months extension, $500,000, or $575,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per share in either case), on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline.

The insiders will receive a non-interest bearing, unsecured promissory note equal to the amount of any such deposit that will not be repaid if we are unable to close a business combination unless there are funds available outside the trust account to do so. Such notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, or, at the noteholder’s discretion, converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. Our shareholders have approved the issuance of the private units upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert such notes at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination.

If we receive notice from our insiders five days prior to the applicable deadline of their intent to effect an extension, we intend to issue a press release announcing such intention at least three days prior to the applicable deadline. In addition, we intend to issue a press release the day after the applicable deadline announcing whether or not the funds had been timely deposited. Our insiders and their affiliates or designees are not obligated to fund the trust account to extend the time for us to complete our initial business combination. To the extent that some, but not all, of our insiders, decide to extend the period to consummate our initial business combination, such insiders (or their affiliates or designees) may deposit the entire amount required.

5

Table of Contents

If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within such period, we will, as promptly as possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of our outstanding public shares for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the trust account, including a pro rata portion of any interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us or necessary to pay our taxes, and then seek to liquidate and dissolve. However, we may not be able to distribute such amounts as a result of claims of creditors which may take priority over the claims of our public shareholders. In the event of our liquidation and subsequent dissolution, the public rights will expire and will be worthless.

Prior to such distribution, we would be required to assess all claims that may be brought against us by our creditors for amounts they are actually owed and make provision for such amounts, as creditors take priority over our public shareholders with respect to amounts that are owed to them. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be brought against us. As such, our shareholders could be liable for any claims of creditors to the extent of distributions received by them as an unlawful payment in the event we enter an insolvent liquidation.

Pursuant to the Nasdaq listing rules, our initial business combination must be with a target business or businesses whose collective fair market value is at least equal to 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for such business combination, although this may entail simultaneous acquisitions of several target businesses. The fair market value of the target will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and book value).

Our board of directors will have broad discretion in choosing the standard used to establish the fair market value of any prospective target business. The target business or businesses that we acquire may have a collective fair market value substantially in excess of 80% of the trust account balance. We will not be required to comply with the 80% fair market value requirement if we are delisted from Nasdaq.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party that the target business we select has a fair market value in excess of at least 80% of the balance of the trust account unless our board of directors cannot make such determination on its own. We are also not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party indicating that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view unless the target is affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination to acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination as a direct merger with the target business, or we may acquire less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete a business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act.

Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target.

In this case, we could acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target; however, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, only the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% fair market value test.

6

Table of Contents

Emerging Growth Company Status and Other Information

We are an emerging growth company as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (which we refer to herein as the JOBS Act). As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to:

•        not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act,

•        reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and

•        exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of the foregoing, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of

•        the last day of the fiscal year:

•        following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering,

•        in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or

•        in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, and

•        the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three year period.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which:

•        the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates is greater than or equal to $250 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter, an

•        our annual revenues are greater than or equal to $100 million during such completed fiscal year or the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates is greater than or equal to $700 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter.

7

Table of Contents

Cayman Islands Exempted Companies

Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies wishing to conduct business outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Act. As an exempted company, we have received a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from March 15, 2021, no law which is thereafter enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable:

•        on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations, or

•        by way of the withholding in whole or in part of any relevant payment as defined in the Tax Concession Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands.

Private Placements

Insider Shares

On March 30, 2021, we issued an aggregate of 1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as the “insider shares,” to our sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.017 per share. On March 30, 2021, our sponsor transferred an aggregate of 70,000 insider shares to our officers and directors, which shares will not be subject to forfeiture in the event the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised. The insider shares held by our sponsor include an aggregate of up to 187,500 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that our initial shareholders will collectively own 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (excluding the issuance of representative shares and the sale of the private units and assuming our initial shareholders do not purchase units in this offering). None of our initial shareholders has indicated an intention to purchase units in this offering.

The insider shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units being sold in this offering, except that:

•        the insider shares in the form of Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as set forth in this prospectus and in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association;

•        holders of our insider shares in the form of Class B ordinary shares will have the right to elect all of our directors prior to our initial business combination and holders of our Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on the election of directors during such time; and

•        the insider shares are subject to registration rights.

See “Description of Securities — Ordinary Shares.” In addition, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us:

•        to vote their insider shares (and any public shares acquired in or after this offering) in favor of any proposed business combination;

•        to waive their redemption rights with respect to their insider shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination;

•        not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would stop our public shareholders from converting or selling their shares to us in connection with a business combination or affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 12 months from the closing of

8

Table of Contents

this offering (or 21 months, if we extend the time to complete a business combination as described in this prospectus) unless we provide public shareholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares into the right to receive cash from the trust account in connection with any such vote;

•        not to convert any insider shares (or any other shares acquired in or after this offering) into the right to receive cash from the trust account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination (or sell any shares they hold to us in a tender offer in connection with a proposed initial business combination) or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity; and

•        that the insider shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated.

If we increase the size of the offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, we will effect a share capitalization immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in an amount as to maintain our initial shareholders’ ownership at 20.0% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering (excluding the representative shares and the private units and assuming our initial shareholders do not purchase units in this offering).

In addition, our initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the insider shares (except to certain permitted transferees):

•        until the earlier of 180 days after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination or the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction after our initial business combination that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the last sale price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period 150 days after our initial business combination, the insider shares will be released.

Private Units

In addition, our sponsor has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 272,250 private units (or 294,750 units if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) at $10.00 per private unit (for a total purchase price of $2,722,500, or $2,947,500 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in a trust account in the United States maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as trustee.

The private units are identical to the units sold in this offering except as described in this prospectus. Furthermore, our sponsor has agreed:

•        to vote the ordinary shares underlying the private units, or “private shares,” in favor of any proposed business combination,

•        not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would stop our public shareholders from converting or selling their shares to us in connection with a business combination or affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 12 months from the closing of this offering (or 21 months, as applicable) unless we provide public shareholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares in connection with any such vote,

•        not to convert any private shares for cash from the trust account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity, and

•        that the private shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated.

9

Table of Contents

Our sponsor has also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private units or underlying securities (except to the same permitted transferees as the insider shares and provided the transferees agree to the same terms and restrictions as the permitted transferees of the insider shares must agree to, each as described above) until the completion of our initial business combination.

If units offered in this offering or public shares are purchased by any of our directors, officers or initial shareholders, they will be entitled to funds from the trust account to the same extent as any public shareholder upon our liquidation but will not have redemption rights related thereto.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive office is located at Floor 8, Tower D, No. 2 Guang Hua Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, People’s Republic of China. Our telephone number at this address is +86 (10) 6506-7789. Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited, PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. Investors should submit any inquiries to the address and telephone number of our principal executive offices set forth above.

10

Table of Contents

The Offering

In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the backgrounds of the members of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company and the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section below entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 26 of this prospectus.

Securities offered

 

5,000,000 units, at $10.00 per unit, each unit consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one right. Every ten rights entitles the holder to receive one Class A ordinary share upon consummation of our initial business combination.

Listing of our securities and proposed symbols

 


We anticipate the units, and the Class A ordinary shares and rights once they begin separate trading, will be listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “UKWIU,” “UKWI,” and “UKWIR,” respectively.

   

The units will begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The Class A ordinary shares and rights may trade separately on the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus unless Maxim Group LLC determines that an earlier date is acceptable (based upon, among other things, its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization and blank check companies in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular). In no event will Maxim Group LLC allow separate trading of the Class A ordinary shares and rights until we file an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering and issue a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin.

   

Once the Class A ordinary shares and rights commence separate trading, holders will have the option to continue to hold units or separate their units into the component pieces. Holders will need to have their brokers contact our transfer agent in order to separate the units into separately trading Class A ordinary shares and rights. No fractional rights will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole rights will trade.

   

We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC, including an audited balance sheet, promptly upon the consummation of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days from the date the units commence trading. The audited balance sheet will reflect our receipt of the proceeds from the exercise of the over-allotment option if the over-allotment option is exercised on the date of this prospectus.

If the over-allotment option is exercised after the date of this prospectus, we will file an amendment to the Form 8-K or a new Form 8-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option. We will also include in the Form 8-K, or amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K, information indicating if Maxim Group LLC has allowed separate trading of the Class A ordinary shares and rights prior to the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus.

11

Table of Contents

Ordinary shares:

   

Number issued and outstanding before this offering and the private placements

 

1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares(1)

Number to be issued and outstanding after this offering, the sale of private units and the issuance of representative
shares

 





6,547,250 ordinary shares, including 5,297,250 Class A ordinary shares and 1,250,000 Class B ordinary shares(2)

Class of ordinary shares

 

Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as set forth in this prospectus and in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. The Class A ordinary shareholders and Class B ordinary shareholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders and vote together as a single class, except as required by law; provided, that holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to elect all of our directors prior to our initial business combination and holders of our Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on the election of directors during such time.

See “Description of Securities — Ordinary Shares.”

Rights:

   

Number issued and outstanding before this offering and the private placement

 



0 rights

Number to be issued and outstanding after this offering and sale of private units

 



5,272,250 rights(3)

____________

(1)      This number includes an aggregate of up to 187,500 Class B ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders that are subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters in full. Insider shares are classified as Class B ordinary shares, which will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as set forth in this prospectus and in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

(2)      Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 187,500 Class B ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders have been forfeited. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, there will be a total of 7,511,000 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding. Insider shares are classified as Class B ordinary shares, which will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as set forth in this prospectus and in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

(3)      Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, there will be a total of 6,044,750 rights, including an aggregate 294,750 private rights.

12

Table of Contents

Terms of Rights

 

Except in cases where we are not the surviving company in a business combination, each holder of a right will automatically receive one-tenth (1/10) of a Class A ordinary share upon consummation of our initial business combination.

In the event we will not be the surviving company upon completion of our initial business combination, each holder of a right will be required to affirmatively convert his, her or its rights in order to receive the one-tenth (1/10) of a Class A ordinary share underlying each right upon consummation of the business combination. More specifically, the Right holder will be required to indicate its election to convert the Rights into underlying shares as well as to return the original rights certificates to the Company. We will not issue fractional shares in connection with an exchange of rights.

Fractional shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Cayman Islands law. As a result, you must hold rights in multiples of 10 in order to receive shares for all of your rights upon closing of a business combination.

If we do not complete an initial business combination within the required period and we redeem the public shares for the funds held in the trust account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds for their rights and the rights will expire worthless.

Offering proceeds to be held in trust

 

An aggregate of $50,500,000, or $58,075,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, consisting of (i) $47,777,500, or $55,127,500 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, from the net proceeds of this offering and (ii) $2,722,500, or $2,947,500 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, we will receive from the sale of the private units, or an aggregate of $10.10 per unit sold to the public in this offering (regardless of whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised in full or part) will be placed in a trust account at Bank of America, N.A. in the United States, maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, acting as trustee pursuant to an agreement to be signed on the date of this prospectus. Such amount includes $1,750,000, or up to $0.35 per unit (or $2,012,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable to the underwriters as deferred underwriting discounts and commissions. Pursuant to the investment management trust agreement that will govern the investment of such funds, the trustee, upon our written instructions, will direct the investment manager to invest the funds as set forth in such written instructions and to custody the funds while invested and until otherwise instructed in accordance with the investment management trust agreement. The remaining $500,000 of net proceeds of this offering will not be held in the trust account.

   

Except as set forth below, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of: (1) the completion of our initial business combination within the required period, (2) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (i) to modify the substance or timing of the ability of holders of our public shares to seek redemption in connection with our initial business combination or our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we

13

Table of Contents

 

do not complete our initial business combination within 12 or up to 21 months from the closing of this offering or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity, and (3) our redemption of 100% of the outstanding public shares if we have not completed a business combination in the required period. Therefore, unless and until our initial business combination is consummated, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be available for our use for any expenses related to this offering or expenses which we may incur related to the investigation and selection of a target business and the negotiation of an agreement in connection with our initial business combination.

   

Notwithstanding the foregoing, there will be released to us from the trust account any interest earned on the funds in the trust account that we need to pay our income or other tax obligations. With these exceptions, expenses incurred by us may be paid prior to a business combination only from the net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account (estimated to initially be $722,500 if the over-allotment option is not exercised); provided, however, that in order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering if the funds not held in the trust account are insufficient, our initial shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion.

Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,150,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into private units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued units to acquire 126,500 Class A ordinary shares (which includes 11,500 Class A ordinary shares issuable underlying rights) if $1,150,000 of notes were so converted). If we do not complete a business combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the trust account, and only to the extent available.

Limited payments to insiders

 

Prior to the consummation of a business combination, there will be no fees, reimbursements or other cash payments paid to our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is) other than:

   

•   payment to an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space and administrative and support services;

   

•   repayment at the closing of this offering of loans which may be made by our insiders, officers, directors or any of their affiliates to finance our operating expenses and transaction costs in connection with an initial business combination; and

   

•   reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf, such as identifying and investigating possible business targets and business combinations.

14

Table of Contents

 

There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the trust account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate an initial business combination. Our audit committee will review and approve all reimbursements and payments made to any of our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates, and any reimbursements and payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our board of directors, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.

Shareholder approval of, or tender offer in connection with, initial business combination

 



In connection with any proposed initial business combination, we will either:

•   seek shareholder approval of such initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), or

•   provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. If we determine to engage in a tender offer, such tender offer will be structured so that each public shareholder may tender any or all of his, her or its public shares rather than some pro rata portion of his, her or its shares.

If enough shareholders tender their shares so that we are unable to satisfy any applicable closing condition set forth in the definitive agreement related to our initial business combination, or we are unable to maintain net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001, we will not consummate such initial business combination. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction, or whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval.

15

Table of Contents

 

If we so choose and we are legally permitted to do so, we will have the flexibility to avoid a shareholder vote and allow our shareholders to sell their shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers. In that case, we will file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, solely if we seek shareholder approval, a majority of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination.

   

We have determined not to consummate any business combination unless we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation in order to avoid being subject to Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. The $5,000,001 net tangible asset value would be determined once a target business is located and we can assess all of the assets and liabilities of the combined company.

   

However, if we seek to consummate a business combination with a target business that imposes any type of working capital closing condition or requires us to have a minimum amount of funds available from the trust account upon consummation of such business combination, the net tangible asset requirement may limit our ability to consummate such a business combination and may force us to seek third party financing which may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. As a result, we may not be able to consummate such business combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable period, if at all.

   

Our initial shareholders, officers and directors, have agreed:

•   to vote their insider shares, private shares and any public shares purchased in or after this offering in favor of any proposed business combination, and

•   not to convert any shares (including the insider shares) in connection with a shareholder vote to approve, or sell their shares to us in any tender offer in connection with, a proposed initial business combination.

As a result, if we sought shareholder approval of a proposed transaction we could need as little as 1,751,376 of our public shares (or approximately 35.0% of our public shares) assuming shareholders holding all issued shares would attend the general meeting, or 114,564 of our public shares (or approximately 2.3% of our public shares) assuming shareholders holding a minimum number of shares constituting the quorum would attend the general meeting, to be voted in favor of the transaction in order to have such transaction approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised and the initial shareholders do not purchase any units in this offering or units or shares in the after-market).

16

Table of Contents

 

None of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates has indicated an intention to purchase units in this offering or any units or ordinary shares in the open market or in private transactions (other than the private units). However, if a significant number of shareholders vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against a proposed business combination, our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates could make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions in order to influence the vote.

There is no limit on the amount of shares that may be purchased by the insiders. Any purchases would be made in compliance with federal securities laws, including that all material information will be made public prior to such purchase, and no purchases would be made if such purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act, which are rules designed to stop potential manipulation of a company’s stock.

Redemption rights

 

In connection with any shareholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, each public shareholder will have the right, regardless of whether he, she or it is voting for or against such proposed business combination, to demand that we convert his, her or its public shares into a pro rata share of the trust account upon consummation of the business combination.

Whether we elect to effectuate our initial business combination via shareholder vote or tender offer, we may require public shareholders wishing to exercise redemption rights, whether they are a record holder or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender the certificates they are seeking to convert to our transfer agent or to deliver the shares they are seeking to convert to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, at any time at or prior to the vote on the business combination. There is a nominal cost associated with this tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $45 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the converting holder.

The foregoing is different from the procedures used by traditional blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their business combinations, many traditional blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the shareholders’ vote on an initial business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise its redemption rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such shareholder to arrange for it to deliver its certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the shareholder then had an “option window” after the consummation of the business combination during which it could monitor the price of the company’s stock in the market. If the price rose above the conversion price, it could sell its shares in the open market before actually delivering his shares to the company for cancellation.

17

Table of Contents

 

As a result, the redemption rights, to which shareholders were aware they needed to commit before the shareholder meeting, would become an “option” right surviving past the consummation of the business combination until the converting holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the closing of the shareholder meeting ensures that a holder’s election to convert is irrevocable once the business combination is completed.

   

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we are required to give a minimum of only five days’ notice for each general meeting. As a result, if we require public shareholders who wish to convert their ordinary shares into the right to receive a pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account to comply with the foregoing delivery requirements, holders may not have sufficient time to receive the notice and deliver their shares for conversion. Accordingly, investors may not be able to exercise their conversion rights and may be forced to retain our securities when they otherwise would not want to.

   

If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their ordinary shares to comply with specific delivery requirements for conversion described above and such proposed business combination is not consummated, we will promptly return such certificates to the tendering public shareholders.

   

Please see the risk factors titled “In connection with any shareholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, we may require shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with specific requirements for conversion that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their redemption rights prior to the deadline for exercising their rights” and “If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with the delivery requirements for conversion, such converting shareholders may be unable to sell their securities when they wish to if the proposed business combination is not approved.”

   

Once the shares are converted by the holder, and effectively redeemed by us under Cayman Islands law, the transfer agent will then update our Register of Members to reflect all conversions.

Automatic liquidation if no business combination

 


As described above, if we fail to consummate a business combination within 12 months (or up to 21 months, if we extend the time to complete a business combination as described in this prospectus) from the consummation of this offering, it will trigger our automatic winding up, liquidation and subsequent dissolution pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. As a result, this has the same effect as if we had formally gone through a voluntary liquidation procedure under the Companies Act. Accordingly, no vote would be required from our shareholders to commence such a voluntary winding up, liquidation and subsequent dissolution.

18

Table of Contents

 

However, if we anticipate that we may not be able to consummate our initial business combination within 12 months, we may, but are not obligated to, extend the period to consummate a business combination three times by an additional three months each time (for a total of up to 21 months to complete a business combination). Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the trust agreement to be entered into between us and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC on the date of this prospectus, in order to extend the time available for us to consummate our initial business combination, our insiders or their affiliates or designees, upon five days advance notice prior to the applicable deadline, must deposit into the trust account for each three months extension $500,000, or $575,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per share in either case), on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline.

The insiders will receive a non-interest bearing, unsecured promissory note equal to the amount of any such deposit that will not be repaid if we are unable to close a business combination unless there are funds available outside the trust account to do so. Such notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, or, at the noteholder’s discretion, converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit.

Our shareholders have approved the issuance of the private units upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert such notes at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination. If we receive notice from our insiders five days prior to the applicable deadline of their intent to effect an extension, we intend to issue a press release announcing such intention at least three days prior to the applicable deadline.

The amount in the trust account (including the deferred underwriting compensation) will be available for distribution under the Companies Act provided that immediately following the date on which the proposed distribution is to be made, we are able to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business, and the value of the Company’s assets exceed its liabilities. If we are forced to liquidate, we anticipate that we would distribute to our public shareholders the amount in the trust account calculated as of the date that is two days prior to the distribution date (including any accrued interest).

Prior to such distribution, we would be required to assess all claims that may be brought against us by our creditors for amounts they are actually owed and make provision for such amounts, as creditors take priority over our public shareholders with respect to amounts that are owed to them. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be brought against us. As such, our shareholders could be liable for any claims of creditors to the extent of distributions received by them as voidable transaction in the event we enter an insolvent liquidation.

19

Table of Contents

 

Furthermore, while we will seek to have all vendors and service providers (which would include any third parties we engaged to assist us in any way in connection with our search for a target business) and prospective target businesses execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the trust account, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements. Nor is there any guarantee that, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they will not seek recourse against the trust account or that a court would conclude that such agreements are legally enforceable.

   

The holders of the insider shares and private units will not participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to such securities.

   

Ucommune Talent Limited, of which (i) UK Talent Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Ucommune International Ltd, owns an 85% equity interest, and (ii) Mao Daqing, our Director, and founder, Director and controlling shareholder of Ucoummune International Ltd, owns a 15% interest, has contractually agreed pursuant to a written agreement with us that, if we liquidate the trust account prior to the consummation of a business combination, it will be liable to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us. Accordingly, if a claim brought by a target business or vendor did not exceed the amount of funds available to us outside of the trust account, Ucommune Talent Limited would not have any obligation to indemnify such claims as they would be paid from such available funds.

However, if a claim exceeded such amounts, the only exceptions to Ucommune Talent Limited’s obligations to pay such claim would be if the party executed an agreement waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind it has in or to any monies held in the trust account. We cannot assure you that Ucommune Talent Limited will be able to satisfy these obligations if it is required to do so. Therefore, we cannot assure you that the per-share distribution from the trust account, if we liquidate the trust account because we have not completed a business combination within the required period will not be less than $10.10.

   

We will pay the costs of liquidating the trust account from our remaining assets outside of the trust account. If such funds are insufficient, Ucommune Talent Limited has contractually agreed to advance us the funds necessary to complete such liquidation and has contractually agreed not to seek repayment for such expenses.

   

The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions held in the trust account in the event we do not consummate a business combination within 12 months from the closing of this offering (or 21 months, as applicable) and in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the trust account that will be available to fund the redemption of our public shares.

20

Table of Contents

Insider shares

 

On March 30, 2021, we issued an aggregate of 1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as the “insider shares,” to our sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.017 per share. On March 30, 2021, our sponsor transferred an aggregate of 70,000 insider shares to our officers and directors, which shares will not be subject to forfeiture in the event the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised. The insider shares held by our sponsor include an aggregate of up to 187,500 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that our initial shareholders will collectively own 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (excluding the issuance of representative shares and the sale of the private units and assuming our initial shareholders do not purchase units in this offering).

If we increase or decrease the size of the offering, we will effect a capitalization or share surrender or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in an amount as to maintain the ownership of insider shares by our initial shareholders at 20.0% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares after this offering (excluding the issuance of representative shares and the sale of the private units and assuming our initial shareholders do not purchase units in this offering).

None of our initial shareholders has indicated an intention to purchase units in this offering, other than the private units, as described below.

The insider shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units being sold in this offering subject to limited exceptions as further described herein.

In addition, our initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the insider shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until certain requirements are reached.

The insider shares are also subject to certain redemption, voting, registration and anti-dilution rights.

See “Prospectus Summary — Private Placements” and “Principal Shareholders” for details.

Private units

 

Our sponsor has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 272,250 private units at $10.00 per private unit (for a total purchase price of $2,722,500). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in a trust account in the United States maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as trustee.

The private units are identical to the units sold in this offering except as described in this prospectus.

See “Prospectus Summary — Private Placements” and “Principal Shareholders” for details.

21

Table of Contents

Audit committee

 

Effective as of the date of this prospectus, we have established an audit committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Wenbing Chris Wang, Albert Lyu and Qingyou Guan, each of whom is an independent director under Nasdaq’s listing standards. Albert Lyu is the chairperson of the audit committee.

Conflict of interest

 

Our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs and will allocate their time to other businesses, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We expect each of our employees to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business (which could range from only a few hours a week while we are trying to locate a potential target business to a majority of their time as we move into serious negotiations with a target business for a business combination).

As more fully discussed in “Management — Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law, prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Most of our officers and directors currently have certain pre-existing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations.

See “Management — Conflicts of Interest” for more details.

Indemnity

 

Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below the lesser of:

•   $10.00 per public share, and

•   the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, if less than $10.10 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable,

provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

22

Table of Contents

Risks

We are a blank check company that has conducted no operations and has generated no revenues. Until we complete our initial business combination, we will have no operations and will generate no operating revenues. In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the background of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company, as well as that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act and, therefore, you will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings.

For additional information concerning how Rule 419 blank check offerings differ from this offering, see “Proposed Business — Comparison to offerings of blank check companies subject to Rule 419.” You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 26 of this prospectus. Such risks include, but are not limited to:

Risks Associated with Our Business

•        We are a blank check company with no operating history and, accordingly, you will not have any basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

•        Our independent registered public accounting firm’s report contains an explanatory paragraph that expresses substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a “going concern.”

•        If we are unable to consummate a business combination, our public shareholders may be forced to wait more than 12 months (or 21 months if we have extended the period as described in this prospectus) before receiving liquidation distributions.

•        Unlike other blank check companies, we may extend the time to complete a business combination by up to nine months without a shareholder vote or your ability to redeem your shares.

•        The requirement that we complete an initial business combination within a specific time may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating our initial business combination and may limit the amount of time we have to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to consummate our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

•        We may issue additional ordinary or preferred shares or debt securities to complete a business combination, which would reduce the equity interest of our shareholders and likely cause a change in control of our ownership.

•        We may be unable to obtain additional financing, if required, to complete a business combination or to fund the operations and growth of the target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

•        If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in trust could be reduced and the per-share liquidation price received by shareholders may be less than $10.10.

•        Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them.

•        Holders of rights will not have redemption rights if we do not complete an initial business combination within the required period.

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business Outside of the United States

•        We may effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States and if we do, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively affect our business and financial results.

•        Because of the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border operations, our results of operations may be negatively affected.

23

Table of Contents

•        If social unrest, acts of terrorism, regime changes, changes in laws and regulations, political upheaval, or policy changes or enactments occur in a country in which we may operate after we effect our initial business combination, it may result negatively affect our business.

•        Many countries have difficult and unpredictable legal systems and underdeveloped laws and regulations that are unclear and subject to corruption and inexperience, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

•        If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws applicable to such company will likely govern all of our material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

•        If relations between the United States and foreign governments deteriorate, it could cause potential target businesses or their goods and services to become less attractive.

•        After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue may be derived from our operations in a foreign country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

•        Currency policies may harm a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets.

•        Certain economies in Asia are experiencing substantial inflationary pressures, which may prompt governments to take action to control the growth of the economy and inflation that could lead to a significant decrease in our profitability following our initial business combination.

•        The other risks and uncertainties discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

24

Table of Contents

Summary Financial Data

The following table summarizes financial data for our business and should be read with our financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. We have not had any significant operations to date, so only balance sheet data are presented.

 

As of March 30, 2021

   

Actual

 

As Adjusted(1)

   

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Working capital (deficit)

 

$

(72,127

)

 

$

49,268,406

 

Total assets(1)

 

$

90,433

 

 

$

51,018,406

 

Total liabilities(2)

 

$

72,127

 

 

$

1,750,000

(2)

Value of ordinary shares subject to possible conversion/tender

 

$

 

 

$

44,268,405

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

$

18,306

 

 

$

5,000,001

 

____________

(1)      Includes the $2,722,500 we will receive from the sale of the private units.

(2)      The “as adjusted” total liabilities represents up to $1,750,000 of deferred underwriting discounts and commissions payable to the underwriters from the funds to be placed in the trust account described in this prospectus. The actual liabilities of $72,127 as of March 30, 2021 solely represents $72,127 of accrued expense .The $1,750,000 of deferred underwriting discounts and commissions is not due until an initial business combination is consummated, for which we have until 12 months from the closing of this offering to consummate (or 21 months if our time to complete a business combination is extended as described herein).

The “as adjusted” information gives effect to the sale of the units we are offering and the sale of the private units, including the application of the related gross proceeds and the payment of the estimated remaining costs from such sale and the repayment of the accrued and other liabilities required to be repaid.

The “as adjusted” working capital amount includes the $50,500,000 to be held in the trust account, plus approximately $500,000 in cash held outside the trust account, add $18,306 of actual shareholders’ equity as of March 30, 2021, plus $100 for the sale of the unit purchase option, and less the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions of up to $1,750,000 payable to the underwriters from the funds to be placed in the trust account described in this prospectus, which, except for limited situations described in this prospectus, will be available to us only upon the consummation of our initial business combination within the period described in this prospectus.

The “as adjusted” total assets amount includes the $50,500,000 to be held in the trust account, plus approximately $500,000 in cash held outside the trust account, add $18,306 of actual shareholders’ equity as of March 30, 2021, plus $100 for the sale of the unit purchase option. If our initial business combination is not consummated, the trust account, less amounts we are permitted to withdraw as described in this prospectus, will be distributed solely to our public shareholders (subject to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors). The actual deferred offering costs of $90,433 will be reclassified as a charge to additional paid-in capital from the gross proceeds in connection with the consummation of the offering. Any additional offering costs will also be charged to additional paid-in capital.

We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, solely if we seek shareholder approval, a majority of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination.

25

Table of Contents

Risk Factors

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks described below, which we believe represent the material risks related to the offering, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our units.

This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements, including as a result of the risks described below.

Risks Associated with Our Business

We are a blank check company with no operating history and, accordingly, you will not have any basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a blank check company with no operating results to date. Therefore, our ability to commence operations depends on obtaining financing through the public offering of our securities. Since we do not have an operating history, you will have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective, which is to acquire an operating business.

We have not conducted any discussions and we have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective acquisition candidates. We will not generate any revenues until, at the earliest, after the consummation of a business combination.

Our independent registered public accounting firm’s report contains an explanatory paragraph that expresses substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a “going concern.”

As of March 30, 2021, we had $nil in cash and a working capital deficit of $72,127. Furthermore, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of our acquisition plans. Management’s plans to address this need for capital through this offering are discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our plans to raise capital and to consummate our initial business combination may not be successful.

The report of our independent registered public accountants on our financial statements includes an explanatory paragraph stating that our ability to continue as a going concern depends on the consummation of this offering. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from our inability to consummate this offering or our ability to continue as a going concern.

Moreover, there is no assurance that we will consummate our initial business combination. These factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

If we are unable to consummate a business combination, our public shareholders may be forced to wait more than 12 months (or 21 months if we have extended the period as described in this prospectus) before receiving liquidation distributions.

We have 12 months from the consummation of this offering in which to complete a business combination (or 21 months if we have extended the period as described in this prospectus). We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to such date unless we consummate a business combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought to convert their shares.

Only after the expiration of this period will public shareholders be entitled to liquidation distributions if we do not complete a business combination. Accordingly, investors’ funds may be unavailable to them until after such date and to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your securities potentially at a loss.

26

Table of Contents

Unlike other blank check companies, we may extend the time to complete a business combination by up to nine months without a shareholder vote or your ability to redeem your shares.

We will have until 12 months from the closing of this offering to consummate an initial business combination. However, unlike other similarly structured blank check companies, if we anticipate that we may not be able to consummate our initial business combination within 12 months, we may extend the period of time to consummate a business combination up to three times, each by an additional three months (for a total of up to 21 months to complete a business combination).

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the trust agreement to be entered into between us and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company on the date of this prospectus, in order to extend the time available for us to consummate our initial business combination, our sponsor or its affiliates or designees, upon ten days advance notice prior to the applicable deadline, must deposit into the trust account $500,000, or up to $575,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per share in either case) on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline, for each three month extension (or up to an aggregate of $1,500,000 (or $1,725,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), or $0.30 per share if we extend for the full nine months). You will not be able to vote on or redeem your shares in connection with any such extension.

The requirement that we complete an initial business combination within a specific time may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating our initial business combination and may limit the amount of time we have to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to consummate our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

We have 12 months from the consummation of this offering to complete an initial business combination (or 21 months if we have extended the period as described in this prospectus). Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware of this requirement. Consequently, a target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete a business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete a business combination with any other target business.

This risk will increase as we approach the time limits referenced above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

Since the net proceeds of this offering are intended to be used to complete a business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, since we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the successful consummation of this offering and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies such as Rule 419.

Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules, which would, for example, completely restrict the transferability of our securities and restrict the use of interest earned on the funds held in the trust account. Because we are not subject to Rule 419, our units will be immediately tradable and we will be entitled to withdraw amounts from the funds held in the trust account prior to the completion of a business combination.

We may issue additional ordinary or preferred shares or debt securities to complete a business combination, which would reduce the equity interest of our shareholders and likely cause a change in control of our ownership.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorize the issuance of 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.0001 per share, 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.0001 per share and 1,000,000 preference shares of a par value of US$0.0001 per share. Although we have no commitment as of the date of this offering, we may issue a substantial number of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares, or a combination of ordinary shares and preferred shares, to complete a business combination.

27

Table of Contents

The issuance of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares:

•        may significantly reduce the equity interest of investors in this offering;

•        may subordinate the rights of holders of ordinary shares if we issue preferred shares with rights senior to those afforded to our ordinary shares;

•        may cause a change in control if a substantial number of ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

•        may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Class A ordinary shares.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

•        default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

•        acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach covenants that require the maintenance of financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of those covenants;

•        our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

•        our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

•        our inability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares;

•        our using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our ordinary shares, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

•        limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

•        increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

•        limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing, if required, to complete a business combination or to fund the operations and growth of the target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

Since we have not yet identified a prospective target business, we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of this offering prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of the business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, or the obligation to convert into cash (or purchase in any tender offer) a significant number of shares from dissenting shareholders, we could seek additional financing. Such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to consummate a particular business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business.

28

Table of Contents

In addition, if we consummate a business combination, we may require additional financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could materially adversely affect the development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after a business combination.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in trust could be reduced and the per-share liquidation price received by shareholders may be less than $10.10.

Our placing of funds in trust may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors and service providers we engage and prospective target businesses we negotiate with execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, they may not execute such agreements.

Furthermore, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they may seek recourse against the monies held in the trust account. A court may not uphold the validity of such agreements. Accordingly, the proceeds held in trust could be subject to claims which could take priority over those of our public shareholders.

If we liquidate the trust account before the completion of a business combination, Ucommune Talent Limited has agreed to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities which are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us and which have not executed a waiver agreement. However, Ucommune Talent Limited may not be able to meet this obligation. Therefore, the per-share distribution from the trust account in such a situation may be less than $10.10, plus interest, due to such claims.

Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we will continue in existence only until 12 (or 21) months from the consummation of this offering if a business combination has not been consummated by that time. If we cannot complete an initial business combination during this period, it will trigger our automatic winding up, liquidation and subsequent dissolution.

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distribution received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors or as having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims as a result of paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

As a result, our shareholders could be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them pursuant to our winding up, liquidation and dissolution, and the liability of our shareholders may extend beyond the date on which they receive any such distribution. Accordingly, third parties, or we under the control of an official liquidator, may seek to recover from our shareholders amounts owed to them by us.

In addition, we and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted a distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable to a fine of $18,293 and to imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.

Holders of rights will not have redemption rights if we do not complete an initial business combination within the required period.

If we do not complete an initial business combination within the required period and we redeem and distribute the funds held in the trust account and rights will expire and holders will not receive any proceeds with respect to the rights. As a result, the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in our company may be reduced or the rights may expire worthless. This would negatively impact such holder’s investment in our company.

29

Table of Contents

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many shareholders will exercise their redemption rights, and therefore we will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the trust account to meet those requirements, or arrange for third party financing.

If a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for third party financing. Raising additional third party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of more indebtedness than is desirable.

Furthermore, this dilution would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provisions of the Class B ordinary shares result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at the time of the initial business combination. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure.

Since we have not yet selected a particular industry or target business with which to complete a business combination, we are unable to ascertain the merits or risks of the industry or business in which we may ultimately operate.

While we intend to focus our search for target businesses on specific locations and industries as described in this prospectus, we are not limited to those locations and industries and may consummate a business combination with a company in any location or industry we choose. Accordingly, there is no basis for you to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the particular industry in which we may ultimately operate or the target business which we may ultimately acquire.

If we complete a business combination with a company in its development stage, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business of that company. If we complete a business combination with an entity in an industry with a high level of risk, we may be affected by the risks inherent in that industry.

Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular industry or target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. An investment in our units may ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in this offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a target business.

Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected by the recent coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak and the status of debt and equity markets.

Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected by the recent coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak and the status of debt and equity markets. The COVID-19 outbreak has adversely affected (and a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases could result in an additional widespread health crisis that could adversely affect) economies and financial markets worldwide, and the business of any target business with which we consummate a business combination could be materially and adversely affected by the COVID-19 outbreak or other outbreak.

We may be unable to complete a business combination if continued concerns relating to COVID-19 continue to restrict travel, limit the ability to have meetings with potential investors or result in the target company’s personnel, vendors and services providers being unavailable to negotiate and consummate a transaction in a timely manner. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our search for a business combination will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others.

In addition, our ability to consummate a transaction may depend on our ability to raise equity and debt financing which may be adversely impacted by COVID-19 and other events, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all.

30

Table of Contents

The requirement that the target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account (less any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned and less any interest earned thereon that is released to us) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination may limit the type and number of companies with which we may complete a business combination.

Pursuant to the Nasdaq listing rules, the target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account and less any interest earned thereon that is released to us for our taxes) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination. This restriction may limit the type and number of companies with which we may complete a business combination.

If we cannot locate a target business or businesses that satisfy this fair market value test, we may be forced to liquidate and you will only be entitled to receive your pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account. If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange after this offering, we would not be required to satisfy the fair market value requirement described above and could complete a business combination with a target business having a fair market value substantially below 80% of the balance in the trust account.

Our ability to effect a business combination and to be successful thereafter will substantially depend upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following a business combination. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will be correct.

Our ability to effect a business combination depends on the efforts of our key personnel, and we cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain with us for the immediate or foreseeable future.

In addition, none of our officers are required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, they will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have employment agreements with, or key-man life insurance for, any of our officers. The unexpected loss of the services of our key personnel could have a detrimental effect on us.

The role of our key personnel in the target business following the completion of a business combination cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following a business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place or be hired after consummation of the business combination.

While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a public company, which could require us to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with those requirements. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to regulatory issues that may adversely affect our operations.

Our officers and directors may not have significant experience or knowledge regarding the jurisdiction or industry of the target business we may seek to acquire.

While we intend to focus our search for target businesses within the locations and industries described in this prospectus, we may consummate a business combination with a target business in any geographic location or industry we choose. We cannot assure you that our officers and directors will have enough experience or have sufficient knowledge relating to the jurisdiction of the target or its industry to make an informed decision regarding a business combination.

If we become aware of a potential business combination outside of the geographic location or industry where our officers and directors have the most experience, our management may retain consultants and advisors with experience in that location and industry to help evaluate the potential business combination. However, our management is not required to engage consultants or advisors in any situation.

31

Table of Contents

If our management does not engage any consultants or advisors to help evaluate a particular target business or business combination, our management may not properly analyze the risks attendant with the target business or business combination. Even if our management does engage consultants or advisors to help evaluate a particular target business or business combination, the consultants or advisors may not properly analyze the risks attendant with such target business or business combination. As a result, we may enter into a business combination that is not in our shareholders’ best interests.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following a business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is advantageous to our shareholders.

Our key personnel will remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination only if they negotiate employment or consulting agreements or other arrangements in connection with the business combination. Any negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments or our securities for services they would render to the company after the consummation of the business combination. As a result, the personal and financial interests of our key personnel may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business.

Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby potentially limiting the amount of time they devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could harm our ability to consummate our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs, which could create a conflict of interest when allocating their time between our operations and their other commitments. We expect each of our employees to devote the amount of time they reasonably believe is necessary to our business (which could range from only a few hours a week while we are trying to locate a potential target business to a majority of their time as we begin serious negotiations with a target business for a business combination).

We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the consummation of our initial business combination. All of our officers and directors are engaged in several other business endeavors, including their roles as officers and directors of Ucommune International Ltd, which indirectly owns an 85% equity interest in our sponsor, Ucommune Talent Limited, and are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our affairs.

If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to those affairs, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs and could negatively affect our ability to consummate our initial business combination. We cannot assure you these conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

Our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations to other companies, including other companies that are engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us. These obligations include roles as officers and directors of Ucommune International Ltd, which indirectly owns an 85% equity interest in our sponsor, Ucommune Talent Limited. Accordingly, they may participate in transactions and have obligations that may be in conflict or competition with our consummation of our initial business combination.

As a result, our management team may present a potential target business to another entity before presenting it to us and we may not be afforded the opportunity to engage in a transaction with that target business. For a more detailed description of the pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations of our management team, and the potential conflicts of interest that such obligations may present, see “Management — Conflicts of Interest.”

32

Table of Contents

Our officers’ and directors’ personal and financial interests may influence their motivation in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate for a business combination.

Our officers and directors have waived their right to convert (or sell to us in any tender offer) their insider shares or any other ordinary shares acquired in this offering or thereafter (although none of these insiders have indicated an intention to purchase units in this offering or thereafter). They have also waived their right to receive distributions with respect to their insider shares upon our liquidation if we are unable to consummate our initial business combination.

Our sponsor has also waived its right to convert (or sell to us in any tender offer) its private shares or any other ordinary shares acquired in this offering or thereafter (although it has not indicated an intention to purchase units in this offering or thereafter). In addition, our sponsor has waived its right to receive distributions with respect to their private shares upon our liquidation if we are unable to consummate our initial business combination.

Accordingly, these securities will be worthless if we do not consummate our initial business combination. In addition, our officers and directors may loan funds to us after this offering and may incur expenses in connection with activities on our behalf that we would only repay if we complete an initial business combination. The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination.

Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest. If this were the case, it would be a breach of their fiduciary duties to us as a matter of Cayman Islands law and we might have a claim against such individuals. However, we might not ultimately be successful in any claim we may make against them for such reason.

We may have conflicts of interest with Ucommune International Ltd and Daqing Mao and, because of the ownership interest of Ucommune International Ltd, and ultimately Daqing Mao, in our company, we may not be able to resolve such conflicts on terms favorable to us.

Conflicts of interest may arise in a number of areas with Ucommune International Ltd, which owns an 85% equity interest in Ucommune Talent Limited, our sponsor. Conflicts of interest may also arise with Daqing Mao, who (i) owns a 15% ownership interest in Ucommune Talent Limited, our sponsor, and (ii) holds approximately 65.1% of the voting power, through his ownership of dual-class shares, of Ucommune International Ltd.

Potential conflicts of interest include the following:

•        Our board members may have conflicts of interest.    Our officers and certain of our directors, Mr. Daqing Mao, Ms. Xuefei Xiao, Mr. Siyuan Wang and Mr. Zhuangkun He, are also senior management or directors of Ucommune International Ltd. These relationships could create, or appear to create, conflicts of interest when these persons face decisions with potentially different implications for Ucommune International Ltd and us.

•        Sale of shares in our company.    Ucommune International Ltd or Daqing Mao may decide to sell all or a portion of their interests in our sponsor to a third party, including to one of our competitors, thereby giving that third party substantial influence over our business and our affairs. Such a sale could conflict with the interests of our other shareholders.

•        Allocation of business opportunities.    Business opportunities may arise that we, Ucommune International Ltd and Daqing Mao each finds attractive, and which would complement our respective businesses. We may be prevented from taking advantage of new business opportunities into which Ucommune International Ltd or Daqing Mao has entered.

Ucommune International Ltd, and its controlling shareholder, Daqing Mao, may from time to time make strategic decisions that they believe are in the best interests of Ucommune International Ltd’s business as a whole or in Daqing Mao’s personal interests. These decisions may be different from the decisions that we would have made on our own.

33

Table of Contents

Ucommune International Ltd’s and Daqing Mao’s decisions that may impact us or our business, including any related party transactions between Ucommune International Ltd or Daqing Mao and us, may favor Ucommune International Ltd, its shareholders or Daqing Mao, and may not coincide with the interests of our other shareholders. If Ucommune International Ltd or Daqing Mao were to compete with us, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading on its exchange which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our securities will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, a national securities exchange, upon consummation of this offering. Although, after giving effect to this offering, we meet on a pro forma basis the minimum initial listing standards of Nasdaq, which generally only require that we meet certain requirements relating to shareholders’ equity, market capitalization, aggregate market value of publicly held shares and distribution requirements, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq prior to an initial business combination.

In connection with our initial business combination, Nasdaq will likely require us to file a new initial listing application and meet its initial listing requirements as opposed to its more lenient continued listing requirements. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

•        a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

•        reduced liquidity with respect to our securities;

•        a determination that our ordinary shares are “penny stocks” which will require brokers trading in our ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in reduced trading activity in the secondary trading market for our ordinary shares;

•        a limited amount of news and analyst coverage for our company; and

•        a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments.

Furthermore, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

•        solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, or

•        dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination.

Alternatively, if we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including burdens and costs

34

Table of Contents

with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations, and risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we do not adequately address these risks, it could negatively affect our profitability and results of operations.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise their redemption rights or sell their public shares to us in a tender offer may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

If our business combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay the purchase price, because we will not know how many public shareholders will exercise redemption rights or seek to sell their public shares to us in a tender offer, we may either need to reserve part of the trust account for possible payment upon such conversion, or we may need to arrange third party financing to help fund our business transaction. If the business combination involves the issuance of our shares as consideration, we may be required to issue a higher percentage of our shares to make up for a shortfall in funds.

Raising additional funds to cover any shortfall may involve dilutive equity financing or incurring indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. This may limit our ability to complete the most attractive business combination available to us.

We may be unable to consummate a business combination if a target business requires that we have cash in excess of the minimum amount we are required to have at closing and public shareholders may have to remain shareholders of our company and wait until our liquidation to receive a pro rata share of the trust account or attempt to sell their shares in the open market.

A potential target may make it a closing condition to our business combination that we have a certain amount of cash in excess of the $5,000,001 of net tangible assets we are required to have pursuant to our organizational documents available at the time of closing. If the number of shareholders electing to exercise their redemption rights or sell their shares to us in a tender offer has the effect of reducing the amount of money available to us to consummate a business combination below such minimum amount required by the target business and we are not able to locate an alternative source of funding, we will not be able to consummate the business combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable period, if at all.

In that case, public shareholders may have to remain shareholders of our company and wait the full 12 (or 21) months in order to receive a pro rata portion of the trust account. Shareholders could also attempt to sell their shares in the open market prior to that time, in which case they may receive less than a pro rata share of the trust account for their shares.

Our public shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed business combination, which means we may consummate our initial business combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.

We intend to hold a shareholder vote before we consummate our initial business combination. However, if a shareholder vote is not required, for business or legal reasons, we may conduct conversions via a tender offer and not offer our shareholders the opportunity to vote on a proposed business combination. Accordingly, we may consummate our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our public shares do not approve of the business combination.

In connection with any meeting held to approve an initial business combination, we will offer each public shareholder the option to vote in favor of a proposed business combination and still seek conversion of his, her or its public shares, which may make it more likely that we will consummate a business combination.

In connection with any meeting held to approve an initial business combination, we will offer each public shareholder the right to have his, her or its public shares converted to cash (subject to the limitations described elsewhere in this prospectus) regardless of whether such shareholder votes for or against the proposed business combination.

Accordingly, public shareholders owning shares sold in this offering may exercise their redemption rights and we could still consummate a proposed business combination as long as a majority of shares voted at the meeting are voted in favor of the proposed business combination. This is different from other similarly structured blank check companies where shareholders are offered the right to convert their shares only when they vote against a proposed business combination.

35

Table of Contents

This is also different from other similarly structured blank check companies where there is a specific number of shares sold in the offering which must not exercise redemption rights for the company to complete a business combination. The lack of such a threshold and the ability to seek conversion while voting in favor of a proposed business combination may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination.

In connection with any shareholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, we may require shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with specific requirements for conversion that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their redemption rights prior to the deadline for exercising their rights.

In connection with any shareholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, each public shareholder will have the right, regardless of whether it is voting for or against the proposed business combination, to demand that we convert its public shares into a share of the trust account. Such conversion will be made under Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as a redemption of the shares, with the redemption price to be paid being the applicable pro rata portion of the monies held in the trust account.

We may require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares in connection with a proposed business combination to either tender their certificates (if any) to our transfer agent or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using the Depository Trust Company’s (“DTC”) DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, at any time at or prior to the vote taken at the shareholder meeting relating to such business combination. In order to obtain a physical share certificate, a shareholder’s broker and/or clearing broker, DTC and our transfer agent will need to act to facilitate this request.

It is our understanding that shareholders should generally allot at least two weeks to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent. However, because we do not have any control over this process or over the brokers or DTC, it may take significantly longer than two weeks to obtain a physical share certificate. It is also our understanding that it takes a short time to deliver shares through the DWAC System. However, this too may not be the case. Accordingly, if it takes longer than we anticipate for shareholders to deliver their shares, shareholders who wish to convert may be unable to meet the deadline for exercising their redemption rights and thus may be unable to convert their shares.

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we are required to give a minimum of only five clear days’ notice for each general meeting. As a result, if we require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares into the right to receive a pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account to comply with specific delivery requirements for conversion, holders may not have sufficient time to receive the notice and deliver their shares for conversion. Accordingly, investors may not be able to exercise their redemption rights and may be forced to retain our securities when they otherwise would not want to.

If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with the delivery requirements for conversion, such converting shareholders may be unable to sell their securities when they wish to if the proposed business combination is not approved.

If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with the delivery requirements for conversion described above and the proposed business combination is not consummated, we will promptly return the certificates to the tendering public shareholders. Accordingly, investors who attempted to convert their shares in these circumstances will be unable to sell their securities after the failed acquisition until we have returned their securities to them. The market price for our Class A ordinary shares may decline during this time and shareholders may not be able to sell their securities when you wish to, even while other shareholders that did not seek conversion may be able to sell their securities.

Because of our limited resources and structure, other companies may have a competitive advantage and we may not be able to consummate an attractive business combination.

We expect to encounter intense competition from entities other than blank check companies having a business objective similar to ours, including venture capital funds, leveraged buyout funds and operating businesses competing for acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors.

36

Table of Contents

While we believe that there are numerous potential target businesses that we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering, our ability to compete in acquiring sizable target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of some target businesses.

Furthermore, seeking shareholder approval of a business combination may delay or prevent the consummation of a transaction, a risk a target business may not be willing to accept. In addition, our outstanding rights and unit purchase options, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by some target businesses. Any of the foregoing may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination.

As the number of special purpose acquisition companies increases, we may encounter more competition to find an attractive target for an initial business combination. This could increase the costs associated with completing our initial business combination and may result in our inability to find a suitable target for our initial business combination.

In recent years, the number of special purpose acquisition companies formed has increased substantially. Many companies have entered into business combinations with special purpose acquisition companies, many special purpose acquisition companies are seeking targets for their initial business combination, and many additional special purpose acquisition companies are currently in registration. As a result, at times, fewer attractive targets may be available, and identifying a suitable target for an initial business combination may require more time, effort and resources.

In addition, because more special purpose acquisition companies are seeking to enter into initial business combinations with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause target companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns, geopolitical tensions or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close business combinations or operate targets post-business combination. This could increase the cost of, delay or otherwise complicate or frustrate our ability to find a suitable target for and/or complete our initial business combination.

Our initial shareholders control a substantial interest in us and thus may influence actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Upon consummation of our offering and the private placement, our initial shareholders will collectively own approximately 23.3% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering). Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our memorandum and articles of association.

None of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates has indicated an intention to purchase units in this offering or any units or ordinary shares from persons in the open market or in private transactions (other than the private units). However, if our initial shareholders purchase any units in this offering or if our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates determine in the future to make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions, to the extent permitted by law, in order to assist us in consummating our initial business combination, this would increase their control.

Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A ordinary shares. In connection with any vote for a proposed business combination, all of our initial shareholders, as well as all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote the ordinary shares owned by them immediately before this offering as well as any ordinary shares acquired in this offering or in the aftermarket in favor of such proposed business combination.

Our initial shareholders paid an aggregate of $25,000, or approximately $0.017 per share, for the insider shares and, accordingly, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution from the purchase of our ordinary shares.

The difference between the public offering price per share and the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering constitutes the dilution to the investors in this offering. Our initial shareholders acquired their insider shares at a nominal price, significantly contributing to this dilution.

37

Table of Contents

Upon consummation of this offering, you and the other new investors will incur an immediate and substantial dilution of approximately 79.5% or $7.23 per share (the difference between the public offering price per share (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of rights) and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of $1.86 per share).

This is because investors in this offering will be contributing approximately 94.79% of the total amount paid to us for our outstanding securities after this offering but will only own approximately 77.75% of our outstanding securities (including the Class A ordinary shares underlying the rights). Accordingly, the per-share purchase price you will be paying substantially exceeds our per share net tangible book value.

This dilution will increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provisions of the Class B ordinary shares result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination and would be exacerbated to the extent that public shareholders seek redemptions from the trust. Because of the anti-dilution protection in the insider shares, any equity or equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination would be disproportionately dilutive to our Class A ordinary shares.

Our outstanding rights and unit purchase options may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

We will be issuing rights that will result in the issuance of up to 500,000 Class A ordinary shares as part of the units offered by this prospectus and private rights that will result in the issuance of an additional 27,225 Class A ordinary shares. We will also issue unit purchase options to purchase 250,000 units to the representative of the underwriters which, if exercised, will result in the issuance of 275,000 Class A ordinary shares (which includes 25,000 Class A ordinary shares underlying rights).

The potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares upon conversion of the rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle in the eyes of a target business. Such securities, when converted, will increase the number of issued and outstanding ordinary shares and reduce the value of the shares issued to complete the business combination.

Accordingly, our rights and unit purchase options may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business. In addition, the sale, or even the possibility of sale, of the shares underlying the rights and unit purchase options could have an adverse effect on the market price for our securities or on our ability to obtain future financing.

If our initial shareholders exercise their registration rights with respect to their securities, it may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

Our initial shareholders are entitled to make a demand that we register the resale of their insider shares (1,437,500 Class A ordinary shares convertible from the same amount of Class B ordinary shares, including up to an aggregate of 187,500 Class A ordinary shares convertible from the same amount of Class B ordinary shares which are subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part) at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which their shares may be released from the lock-up.

In addition, the purchasers of the private units and our initial shareholders, officers and directors are entitled to demand that we register the resale of the 272,250 Class A ordinary shares underlying the private units, and the 27,225 Class A ordinary shares underlying the private rights and any securities our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates may be issued in payment of working capital loans or loans to extend our life made to us at any time after we consummate a business combination. If the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full or in part, they may demand us to register the resale of more Class A ordinary shares underlying the private units and private rights.

The presence of these additional securities trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our securities. In addition, the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business, as the shareholders of the target business may be discouraged from entering into a business combination with us or will request a higher price for their securities because of the potential effect the exercise of such rights may have on the trading market for our Class A ordinary shares.

38

Table of Contents

We may issue additional Class A ordinary or preference shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will authorize the issuance of up to 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares and 1,000,000 preference shares, par value of US$0.0001 per share. Immediately after this offering, there will be 194,702,750 and 18,750,000 (assuming in each case that the underwriters have not exercised their over-allotment option) authorized but unissued Class A and Class B ordinary shares available, respectively, for issuance, which amount takes into account shares reserved for issuance upon conversion of outstanding rights but not upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares.

Class B ordinary shares are convertible into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as set forth herein and in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Immediately after this offering, there will be no preference shares issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional ordinary shares, and may issue preference shares, in order to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional ordinary shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination. The issuance of additional ordinary shares or preference shares may:

•        significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in this offering;

•        subordinate the rights of holders of ordinary shares if preference shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our ordinary shares;

•        cause a change in control if a substantial number of ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

•        adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A ordinary shares and/or rights.

If we are deemed to be an investment company, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete a business combination.

A company that, among other things, is or holds itself out as being engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, trading or holding certain types of securities would be deemed an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Since we will invest the proceeds held in the trust account only in United States government treasury bills, notes or bonds having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest solely in United States treasuries, we believe that we will not be considered to be an investment company pursuant to the exemption provided in Rule 3a-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

If we are nevertheless deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, we may be subject to certain restrictions that may make it more difficult for us to complete a business combination, including:

•        restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

•        restrictions on the issuance of securities.

39

Table of Contents

In addition, we may have imposed upon us certain burdensome requirements, including:

•        registration as an investment company;

•        adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

•        reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy, compliance policies and procedures and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

Compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expense that we have not provided for.

We may not seek an opinion from an unaffiliated third party as to the fair market value of the target business we acquire.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party that the target business we select has a fair market value in excess of at least 80% of the balance of the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) unless our board of directors cannot make such determination on its own. We are also not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party indicating that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view unless the target is affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates.

If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, whose collective experience in business evaluations for blank check companies like ours is not significant. Furthermore, our directors may have a conflict of interest in analyzing the transaction due to their personal and financial interests.

We may acquire a target business affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates.

While we do not intend to pursue an initial business combination with a company affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates, we are not prohibited from pursuing such a transaction, nor are we prohibited from consummating a business combination where any of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates acquire a minority interest in the target business alongside our acquisition, provided in each case we obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party indicating that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view. These affiliations could cause our officers or directors to have a conflict of interest in analyzing such transactions due to their personal and financial interests.

The determination of the offering price of our units is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the rights were negotiated between us and the representative of the underwriters. Factors considered in determining the prices and terms of the units, including the Class A ordinary shares and rights underlying the units, include:

•        the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;

•        prior offerings of those companies;

•        our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;

•        our capital structure;

•        the per share amount of net proceeds being placed in the trust account;

•        an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies; and

•        general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering.

However, although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry since we have no historical operations or financial results to compare them to.

40

Table of Contents

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands.

The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.

We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands would:

•        recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; or

•        entertain original actions brought in the Cayman Islands predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state.

In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction at common law without re-examination on the merits of the underlying dispute provided that such judgment:

•        is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction;

•        imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given;

•        is final;

•        is not in the nature of taxes, a fine, or a penalty; and

•        was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands.

However, there is uncertainty with regard to Cayman Islands law on whether judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any State will be determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands penal or punitive in nature. If such a determination is made, the courts of the Cayman Islands will not recognize or enforce the judgment against a Cayman Islands company, such as our company. Because such a determination in relation to judgments obtained from U.S. courts under civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws has not yet been made by a court of the Cayman Islands, it is uncertain whether such judgments would be enforceable in the Cayman Islands. A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.

41

Table of Contents

Because we must furnish our shareholders with financial statements of the target business prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS as issued by the IASB or reconciled to U.S. GAAP, we may not be able to complete an initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

We will be required to provide historical and pro forma financial statement disclosure relating to our target business to our shareholders. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to U.S. GAAP, or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB.

The financial statements may also be required to be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the Form 8-K announcing the closing of an initial business combination, which would need to be filed within four business days after closing. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire.

Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require substantial financial and management resources and may increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls and may require us to have such system audited by an independent registered public accounting firm. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny, civil or criminal penalties and/or shareholder litigation. Any inability to provide reliable financial reports could harm our business. A target business may also not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding the adequacy of internal controls.

The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition. Furthermore, any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in the implementation of adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could negatively affect the trading price of our securities.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our securities less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. However, if our non-convertible debt issued within a three-year period exceeds $1.0 billion or revenues exceeds $1.07 billion, or the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million on the last day of the second fiscal quarter of any given fiscal year, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following fiscal year.

As an emerging growth company, we are not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and we are exempt from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies.

As such, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. We cannot predict if investors will find our shares less attractive because we may rely on these provisions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable.

42

Table of Contents

We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, will not adopt the new or revised standard until the time private companies are required to adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.

We may be a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders.

In general, we will be treated as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for any taxable year in which either (1) at least 75% of our gross income (looking through certain 25% or more-owned corporate subsidiaries) is passive income or (2) at least 50% of the average value of our assets (looking through certain 25% or more-owned corporate subsidiaries) is attributable to assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Passive income generally includes, without limitation, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and gains from the disposition of passive assets. If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder (as defined in the section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation — United States Federal Income Taxation”) of our securities, the U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and additional reporting requirements. Our PFIC status for our current taxable year may depend on whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception (see the section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation — United States Federal Income Taxation — U.S. Holders — Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”). Our PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year (or after the end of the start-up period, if later). Accordingly, there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year.

In addition, if a company we acquire in a business combination is a PFIC, then we will likely not qualify for the start-up exception and will likely be a PFIC for our current taxable year. If we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year prior to our initial business combination, upon written request, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the IRS may require, including a PFIC Annual Information Statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a qualified electing fund election with respect to our Class A ordinary shares. However, there is no assurance we will have timely knowledge of our status as a PFIC in the future or that the required information will be provided, and such election would likely be unavailable with respect to our rights in all cases.

We urge U.S. Holders to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules. For a more detailed discussion of the tax consequences of the PFIC rules to U.S. Holders, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation — United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — U.S. Holders — Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

If our management following a business combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws which could lead to regulatory issues.

Following a business combination, our management will likely resign from their positions as officers of the company and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination will remain in place. We cannot assure you that management of the target business will be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with our laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

If restrictions on repatriation of earnings from the target business’ home jurisdiction to foreign entities are instituted, our business following a business combination may be materially negatively affected.

Following an initial business combination, the home jurisdiction of the target business may have restrictions on repatriations of earnings or additional restrictions may be imposed in the future. If they were, it could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

43

Table of Contents

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business Outside of the United States

We may effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States and if we do, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively affect our business and financial results.

If we consummate a business combination with a target business located outside of the United States, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in the target business’ governing jurisdiction, including any of the following:

•        rules and regulations or currency redemption or corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

•        tariffs and trade barriers;

•        regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

•        longer payment cycles than in the United States;

•        inflation;

•        economic policies and market conditions;

•        unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

•        challenges in managing and staffing international operations;

•        tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

•        currency fluctuations;

•        challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

•        cultural and language differences;

•        protection of intellectual property; and

•        employment regulations.

We cannot assure you that we would be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations might suffer.

Because of the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border operations, our results of operations may be negatively affected.

Managing a business, operations, personnel or assets in another country is challenging and costly. Any management that we may have (whether based abroad or in the U.S.) may be inexperienced in cross-border business practices and unaware of significant differences in accounting rules, legal regimes and labor practices. Even with a seasoned and experienced management team, the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross border operations, personnel and assets can be significant (and much higher than in a purely domestic business) and may negatively affect our financial and operational performance.

If social unrest, acts of terrorism, regime changes, changes in laws and regulations, political upheaval, or policy changes or enactments occur in a country in which we may operate after we effect our initial business combination, it may result in a negative effect on our business.

Terrorist attacks, civil unrest and other acts of violence or war may negatively affect the markets in which we may operate our business following our business combination and also adversely affect the worldwide financial markets. In addition, the countries we will focus on have from time to time experienced civil unrest and hostilities among or between neighboring countries.

44

Table of Contents

Any such hostilities and tensions may result in investor concern about stability in the region, which may adversely affect the value of our equity shares and the trading price of our securities following our business combination. Events of this nature in the future, as well as social and civil unrest, could influence the economy in which our business target operates, and could have an adverse effect on our business, including the value of equity shares and the trading price of our securities following our business combination.

Many countries have difficult and unpredictable legal systems and underdeveloped laws and regulations that are unclear and subject to corruption and inexperience, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Our ability to seek and enforce legal protections, including with respect to intellectual property and other property rights, or to defend ourselves with regard to legal actions taken against us in a given country, may be difficult or impossible, which could adversely impact our operations, assets or financial condition. Rules and regulations in many countries are often ambiguous or open to differing interpretation by responsible individuals and agencies at the municipal, state, regional and federal levels.

The attitudes and actions of such individuals and agencies are often difficult to predict and inconsistent. Delay with respect to the enforcement of particular rules and regulations, including those relating to customs, tax, environmental and labor, could cause serious disruption to operations abroad and negatively affect our results.

If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws applicable to such company will likely govern all of our material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws of the country in which such company operates will govern almost all of the material agreements relating to its operations. We cannot assure you that the target business will be able to enforce any of its material agreements or that remedies will be available in this new jurisdiction.

The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.

If we acquire a company located outside of the United States, it is likely that substantially all of our assets would be located outside of the United States and some of our officers and directors might reside outside of the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties of our directors and officers under Federal securities laws.

If relations between the United States and foreign governments deteriorate, it could cause potential target businesses or their goods and services to become less attractive.

The relationship between the United States and foreign governments could be subject to sudden fluctuation and periodic tension. For instance, the United States may announce its intention to impose quotas on certain imports. Such import quotas may adversely affect political relations between the two countries and result in retaliatory countermeasures by the foreign government in industries that may affect our ultimate target business.

Changes in political conditions in foreign countries and changes in the state of U.S. relations with such countries are difficult to predict and could adversely affect our operations or cause potential target businesses or their goods and services to become less attractive. Because we are not limited to any specific industry, there is no basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible extent of any impact on our ultimate operations if relations are strained between the United States and a foreign country in which we acquire a target business or move our principal manufacturing or service operations.

45

Table of Contents

After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue may be derived from our operations in a foreign country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. The economy in China differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects. Such economic growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future.

If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial business combination and if we effect our initial business combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

Currency policies may harm a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets.

In the event we acquire a non-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions.

Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following consummation of our initial business combination, our financial condition and results of operations. If a currency appreciates in value against the dollar prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we can consummate such transaction.

Certain economies in Asia are experiencing substantial inflationary pressures which may prompt governments to take action to control the growth of the economy and inflation that could lead to a significant decrease in our profitability following our initial business combination.

While many of the economies in Asia have experienced rapid growth over the last two decades, certain economies are experiencing inflationary pressures. As governments take steps to address the current inflationary pressures, there may be significant changes in the availability of bank credits, interest rates, limitations on loans, restrictions on currency conversions and foreign investment. There also may be imposition of price controls.

If prices for the products of our ultimate target business rise at a rate that is insufficient to compensate for the rise in the costs of supplies, it may have an adverse effect on our profitability. If these or other similar restrictions are imposed by a government to influence the economy, it may lead to a slowing of economic growth. Because we are not limited to any specific industry, the ultimate industry that we operate in may be affected more severely by such a slowing of economic growth.

Many industries in Asia are subject to government regulations that limit or prohibit foreign investments in those industries, which may limit the potential number of acquisition candidates.

Governments in many Asian countries have imposed regulations that limit foreign investors’ equity ownership or prohibit foreign investments altogether in companies that operate in certain industries. As a result, the number of potential acquisition candidates available to us may be limited or our ability to grow and sustain the business, which we ultimately acquire will be limited.

If a country in Asia enacts regulations in industry segments that forbid or restrict foreign investment, our ability to consummate our initial business combination could be severely impaired.

Many of the rules and regulations that companies face concerning foreign ownership are not explicitly communicated. If new laws or regulations forbid or limit foreign investment in industries in which we want to complete our initial business combination, they could severely impair our candidate pool of potential target businesses. In addition, if

46

Table of Contents

the relevant central and local authorities find us or the target business with which we ultimately complete our initial business combination to be in violation of any existing or future laws or regulations, they would have broad discretion in dealing with such a violation, including, without limitation:

•        levying fines;

•        revoking our business and other licenses;

•        requiring that we restructure our ownership or operations; and

•        requiring that we discontinue any portion or all of our business.

Any of the above could have an adverse effect on our company post-business combination and could materially reduce the value of your investment.

Corporate governance standards in Asia may not be as strict or developed as in the United States and such weakness may hide issues and operational practices that are detrimental to a target business.

General corporate governance standards in some countries are weak in that they do not prevent business practices that cause unfavorable related party transactions, over-leveraging, improper accounting, family company interconnectivity and poor management. Local laws often do not go far enough to prevent improper business practices.

Therefore, shareholders may not be treated impartially and equally as a result of poor management practices, asset shifting, conglomerate structures that result in preferential treatment to some parts of the overall company, and cronyism. The lack of transparency and ambiguity in the regulatory process also may result in inadequate credit evaluation and weakness that may precipitate or encourage financial crisis.

In our evaluation of a business combination we will have to evaluate the corporate governance of a target and the business environment, and in accordance with United States laws for reporting companies take steps to implement practices that will cause compliance with all applicable rules and accounting practices. Notwithstanding these intended efforts, there may be endemic practices and local laws that could add risk to an investment we ultimately make and that result in an adverse effect on our operations and financial results.

47

Table of Contents

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

The statements contained in this prospectus that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements.

The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predicts,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus may include, for example, statements about our:

•        ability to identify or complete an initial business combination;

•        limited operating history;

•        success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

•        potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete a business combination;

•        pool of prospective target businesses;

•        the ability of our officers and directors to generate potential investment opportunities;

•        potential change in control if we acquire one or more target businesses for shares;

•        our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

•        regulatory or operational risks associated with acquiring a target business;

•        use of proceeds not held in the trust account;

•        financial performance following this offering; or

•        listing or delisting of our securities from Nasdaq or the ability to have our securities listed on Nasdaq following our initial business combination.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated.

These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

48

Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering, in addition to the funds we will receive from the sale of the private units (all of which will be deposited into the trust account), will be as set forth in the following table:

 

Without
Over-Allotment
Option

 

Over-Allotment
Option
Exercised

Gross proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From offering

 

$

50,000,000

 

 

$

57,500,000

 

From private placement

 

 

2,722,500

 

 

 

2,947,500

 

Total gross proceeds

 

$

52,722,500

 

 

$

60,447,500

 

Offering expenses(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-contingent underwriting discount (2% of gross proceeds from offering, which excludes the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions of up to 3.5% of gross proceeds from offering)

 

$

1,000,000

(2)

 

$

1,150,000

(2)

Initial Trustee’s fee

 

 

18,000

 

 

 

18,000

 

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

275,000

 

 

 

275,000

 

Nasdaq listing fee

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

75,000

 

Printing, engraving and roadshow expenses

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

40,000

 

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

40,000

 

FINRA filing fee

 

 

9,991

 

 

 

9,991

 

SEC registration fee

 

 

7,329

 

 

 

7,329

 

Miscellaneous expenses

 

 

257,180

 

 

 

257,180

 

Total offering expenses (not including deferred underwriting discounts and commissions)

 

$

1,722,500

 

 

$

1,872,500

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds of the offering and private placement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held in trust

 

$

50,500,000

(3)

 

$

58,075,000

(3)

Not held in trust

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

500,000

 

Total net proceeds (including deferred underwriting discounts and commissions)

 

$

51,000,000

 

 

$

58,575,000

 

The following table shows the use of the approximately $500,000 of net proceeds not held in trust.(4)

Legal, accounting and other third party expenses attendant to the search for target businesses and to the due diligence investigation, structuring and negotiation of a business combination

 

$

100,000

 

20.00

%

Due diligence of prospective target businesses by officers, directors and initial shareholders

 

 

70,000

 

14.00

%

Legal and accounting fees relating to SEC reporting obligations

 

 

40,000

 

8.00

%

Payment to an affiliate of our sponsor of $10,000 per month, for up to 12 months (or up to 21 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period to consummate a business combination by the full amount of time), for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support, subject to deferral as described herein

 

 

120,000

 

24.00

%

Working capital to cover miscellaneous expenses, D&O insurance, general corporate purposes, liquidation obligations and reserves

 

 

170,000

 

34.00

%

Total

 

$

500,000

 

100.0

%

____________

(1)      A portion of the offering expenses, including the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee, the non-refundable portion of the Nasdaq listing fee and a portion of the legal and audit fees, have been paid from the funds we borrowed from our sponsor, of which (i) UK Talent Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Ucommune International Ltd, owns an 85% equity interest, and (ii) Mao Daqing, our Director, and founder, Director and controlling shareholder of Ucommune International Ltd, owns a 15% interest. These funds will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering available to us. If we determine not to proceed with the offering, such amounts would not be repaid.

49

Table of Contents

(2)      No discounts or commissions will be paid with respect to the purchase of the private units.

(3)      The funds held in the trust account may, but need not, be used to pay our expenses relating to completing our initial business combination, including deferred underwriting discounts and commissions payable to Maxim Group LLC in an amount of up to 3.5% of the total gross proceeds raised in the offering described below.

(4)     These expenses are estimates only and do not include interest which may be available to us from the trust account. Our actual expenditures for some or all of these items may differ from the estimates set forth herein. For example, we may incur greater legal and accounting expenses than our current estimates in connection with negotiating and structuring our initial business combination based upon the level of complexity of such business combination. In the event we identify an initial business combination target in a specific industry subject to specific regulations, we may incur additional expenses associated with legal due diligence and the engagement of special legal counsel. In addition, our staffing needs may vary and as a result, we may engage a number of consultants to assist with legal and financial due diligence. We do not anticipate any change in our intended use of proceeds, other than fluctuations among the current categories of allocated expenses, which fluctuations, to the extent they exceed current estimates for any specific category of expenses, would not be available for our expenses.

Our sponsor has agreed to purchase an aggregate of 272,250 private units at a price of $10.00 per private unit ($2,722,500 in the aggregate), in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the closing of this offering, or 294,750 private units ($2,947,500 in the aggregate) if the over-allotment option is exercised in full. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in the trust account described below.

An aggregate of $50,500,000, or $58,075,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private units will be placed in an account at Bank of America, N.A. in the United States, maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, New York, New York, as trustee. Pursuant to the investment management trust agreement that will govern the investment of such funds, the trustee, upon our written instructions, will direct the investment manager to invest the funds as set forth in such written instructions and to custody the funds while invested and until otherwise instructed in accordance with the investment management trust agreement.

The funds held in trust will be invested only in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes having a maturity of 185 days or less, or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest solely in United States government treasuries, so that we are not deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to pay our income or other tax obligations, the proceeds will not be released from the trust account until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or our liquidation.

The proceeds held in the trust account may be used as consideration to pay the sellers of a target business with which we complete a business combination to the extent not used to pay converting shareholders. Any amounts not paid as consideration to the sellers of the target business may be used to finance operations of the target business.

We have agreed to pay an affiliate of our sponsor of a total of $10,000 per month is for office space, administrative and support services. However, pursuant to the terms of such agreement, we may delay payment of such monthly fee upon a determination by our audit committee that we lack sufficient funds held outside the trust to pay actual or anticipated expenses in connection with our initial business combination.

Any such unpaid amount will accrue without interest and be due and payable no later than the date of the consummation of our initial business combination. This arrangement is being agreed to by our sponsor’s affiliate for our benefit. We believe that the fee charged by the affiliate of our sponsor is at least as favorable as we could have obtained from an unaffiliated person. This arrangement will terminate upon completion of our initial business combination or the distribution of the trust account to our public shareholders.

Other than the $10,000 per month fee, no compensation of any kind (including finder’s, consulting or other similar fees) will be paid to any of our existing officers, directors, shareholders, or any of their affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of the business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, such individuals will receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses, performing business due diligence on suitable target businesses and business combinations as well as traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses to examine their operations. Since the role of present management after a business combination is uncertain, we cannot determine what remuneration, if any, will be paid to those persons after a business combination.

50

Table of Contents

Regardless of whether the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the net proceeds from this offering available to us out of trust for our working capital requirements in searching for a business combination will be approximately $500,000. We intend to use the excess working capital available for miscellaneous expenses such as paying fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business and for director and officer liability insurance premiums, with the balance being held in reserve in the event due diligence, legal, accounting and other expenses of structuring and negotiating business combinations exceed our estimates, as well as for reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by our initial shareholders, officers and directors in connection with activities on our behalf as described above. We will also be entitled to have interest earned on the funds held in the trust account released to us to pay any tax obligations that we may owe.

The allocation of the net proceeds available to us outside of the trust account, along with the interest earned on the funds held in the trust account available to us, represents our best estimate of the intended uses of these funds. If our assumptions prove to be inaccurate, we may reallocate some of such proceeds within the above described categories.

If our estimate of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating our initial business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, or the amount of interest available from the trust account is insufficient as a result of the current low interest rate environment, we may be required to raise additional capital, the amount, availability and cost of which is currently unascertainable. In this event, we could seek such additional capital through loans or additional investments from members of our management team, but members of our management team are not obligated to advance funds to, or invest in, us.

We will likely use a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering, including the funds held in the trust account, to acquire a target business, to pay holders who wish to convert or sell their shares to us for a portion of the funds held in the trust account and to pay our expenses relating thereto. If the payment of our liabilities, including the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions payable to Maxim Group LLC in an amount up to 3.5% of the total gross proceeds raised in the offering, were to reduce the amount available to us in trust necessary to pay all holders who wish to convert or sell their shares to us for a portion of the funds held in the trust account, we would not be able to consummate a business combination.

To the extent that our share capital is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect a business combination, the proceeds held in the trust account which are not used to consummate a business combination, to pay holders who wish to convert their shares into a portion of the funds held in the trust account or pay our expenses relating thereto will be disbursed to the combined company and will, along with any other net proceeds not expended, be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business. Such working capital funds could be used in a variety of ways including continuing or expanding the target business’ operations, for strategic acquisitions and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products.

If we are unable to consummate a business combination, we will pay the costs of liquidating our trust account from our remaining assets outside of the trust account. If those funds are insufficient, our sponsor, Ucommune Talent Limited has agreed to advance us the funds necessary to complete the liquidation (currently anticipated to be no more than $18,500) and has agreed not to seek repayment of such expenses.

As of the date of this prospectus, our sponsor has agreed to loan us up to $300,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. As of March 30, 2021, we had borrowed nil under the promissory note with our sponsor. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and are due at the earlier of December 31, 2021 or the closing of this offering. The loans will be repaid upon the closing of this offering out of the offering proceeds not held in the trust account. The value of our sponsor’s interest in this transaction corresponds to the principal amount issued and outstanding under any such loan.

In order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering until completion of an initial business combination, our initial shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note.

51

Table of Contents

The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,150,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into private units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued units to acquire 126,500 Class A ordinary shares (which includes 11,500 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of rights) if $1,150,000 of notes were so converted). If we do not complete our initial business combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the trust account, and only to the extent available. These notes would be in addition to any notes we issued in exchange for the funds necessary to extend our life.

A public shareholder will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account (including interest earned on his, her or its portion of the trust account to the extent not previously released to us to pay our tax obligations) only in the event of:

•        our liquidation if we have not completed a business combination within the required period, or

•        if that public shareholder converts such public shares or sells them to us in a tender offer in each case in connection with a business combination which we consummate or in connection with an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior to the consummation of an initial business combination.

In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account.

52

Table of Contents

Dividend Policy

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of an initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will depend upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of a business combination. The payment of any dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors.

Our board of directors intends to retain all earnings, if any, for use in our business and, accordingly, our board of directors does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our board of directors does not anticipate declaring any share capitalizations in the foreseeable future, except if we increase the size of the offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, in which case we will effect a share capitalizations immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in an amount as to maintain our initial shareholders’ ownership at 20.0% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering (excluding the representative shares and the private units). Furthermore, if we incur any indebtedness, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

53

Table of Contents

Dilution

The difference between the public offering price per share and the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering constitutes the dilution to investors in this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities, by the number of issued and outstanding ordinary shares. Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have the same dividend and other rights, except for certain voting and conversion rights. The dilution is presented based on all issued and outstanding ordinary shares, including Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares.

As of March 30, 2021, our net tangible book value was a deficit of $72,127, or approximately $(0.05) per share. For purposes of the dilution calculation, in order to present the maximum estimated dilution as a result of this offering, we have assumed (i) the issuance of 0.10 of a share for each right outstanding, as such issuance will occur upon a business combination without the payment of additional consideration and (ii) the number of shares included in the units offered hereby will be deemed to be 5,500,000 (consisting of 5,000,000 shares included in the units we are offering by this prospectus and 500,000 shares for the outstanding rights), and the price per share in this offering will be deemed to be $9.09.

After giving effect to the sale of 5,500,000 ordinary shares included in the units we are offering by this prospectus, the deduction of underwriting discounts and estimated expenses of this offering, the issuance of shares to the underwriters as part of the underwriting fees and the sale of 299,475 Class A ordinary shares (consisting of 272,250 Class A ordinary shares included in the private units and 27,225 Class A ordinary shares for the outstanding rights) included in the private units, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 30, 2021 would have been $5,000,001, or $1.86 per share, representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.91 per share to the initial shareholders and an immediate dilution of 79.5% or $7.23 per share to new investors not exercising their conversion/tender rights. For purposes of presentation, our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering is $44,268,405 less than it otherwise would have been because if we effect a business combination, the ability of public shareholders to exercise redemption rights or sell their shares to us in any tender offer may result in the conversion or tender of up to 4,383,010 shares sold in this offering.

The following table illustrates the dilution to the new investors on a per-share basis:

 

Without
Over-allotment

 

With
Over-allotment

Public offering price

 

$

9.09

 

 

$

9.09

 

Net tangible book value before this offering

 

$

(0.05

)

 

$

(0.05

)

Increase attributable to new investors and private sales

 

$

1.91

 

 

$

1.73

 

Pro forma net tangible book value after this offering

 

$

1.86

 

 

$

1.66

 

Dilution to new investors

 

$

7.23

 

 

$

7.43

 

Percentage of dilution to new investors

 

 

79.5

%

 

 

81.7

%

The following table sets forth information with respect to our initial shareholders and the new investors:

 

Shares Purchased

 

Total Consideration

 

Average Price
Per Share

   

Number

 

Percentage

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

Initial shareholders(1)

 

1,250,000

 

17.67

%

 

$

25,000

 

0.05

%

 

$

0.02

Representative shares(2)

 

25,000

 

0.35

%

 

$

 

 

 

 

Shares underlying private unit(3)

 

299,475

 

4.23

%

 

$

2,722,500

 

5.16

%

 

$

9.09

New investors(4)

 

5,500,000

 

77.75

%

 

$

50,000,000

 

94.79

%

 

$

9.09

   

7,074,475

 

100.00

%

 

$

52,747,500

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

____________

(1)      Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 187,500 Class B ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders have been forfeited as a result thereof. Also assumes conversion of Class B ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis. The dilution to public shareholders would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provisions of the Class B ordinary shares result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon such conversion.

(2)      Represents the issuance of 25,000 representative shares.

(3)      Includes the issuance of an additional 27,225 Class A ordinary shares underlying the rights contained in the private unit holders.

(4)      Includes the issuance of an additional 500,000 Class A ordinary shares underlying the rights contained in the new investors.

54

Table of Contents

The pro forma net tangible book value after the offering is calculated as follows:

Numerator:(1)

 

 

 

 

Net tangible book value before this offering

 

$

(72,127

)

Offering costs paid in advance

 

$

90,433

 

Net proceeds from this offering and private placement of private units

 

$

51,000,000

 

Proceeds from unit purchase option

 

$

100

 

Less: Deferred underwriting discounts and commissions

 

$

(1,750,000

)(2)

Less: Proceeds held in trust subject to conversion/tender

 

$

(44,268,405)

 

   

$

5,000,001

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

Class B Ordinary shares issued and outstanding prior to this offering(1)

 

 

1,250,000

 

Class A Ordinary shares to be sold in this offering

 

 

5,000,000

 

Class A Ordinary shares underlying the rights to be included in the public units

 

 

500,000

 

Class A Ordinary shares included in the private units

 

 

272,250

 

Class A Ordinary shares underlying the rights to be included in the private units

 

 

27,225

 

Class A Ordinary shares underlying the representative shares

 

 

25,000

 

Less: Shares subject to conversion/tender

 

 

(4,383,010

)

   

 

2,691,465

 

____________

(1)      Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 187,500 Class B ordinary shares held by our initial shareholder have been forfeited by us as a result thereof.

(2)      Deferred underwriting discounts and commission of 3.5%.

55

Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 30, 2021 and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of our units and the private units and the application of the estimated net proceeds derived from the sale of such securities.

 

As of
March 30, 2021

   

Actual

 

As Adjusted(1)

Promissory Note – related party(2)

 

$

 

 

$

 

Deferred underwriting discounts and commission payable

 

 

 

 

 

1,750,000

 

Class A Ordinary shares, par value of $0.0001 per share, subject to redemption, none and 4,383,010, actual and as adjusted, respectively(3)

 

 

 

 

 

44,268,405

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preference shares, par value of $0.0001 per share, 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Ordinary shares, par value of $0.0001 per share, 200,000,000 shares authorized, none and 889,240 shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted(4), respectively

 

 

 

 

 

89

 

Class B ordinary share, par value of $0.0001 per share, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 1,437,500 and 1,250,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted, respectively(5)

 

 

144

 

 

 

125

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

24,856

 

 

 

5,006,481

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(6,694

)

 

 

(6,694

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

18,306

 

 

 

5,000,001

 

Total capitalization

 

$

18,306

 

 

$

51,018,406(6)

 

____________

(1)      Includes the $2,722,500 we will receive from the sale of the private units. Also assumes the full forfeiture of 187,500 shares that are subject to forfeiture by our sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised. The proceeds of the sale of such shares will not be deposited into the trust account, the shares will not be eligible for redemption from the trust account nor will they be eligible to vote upon the initial business combination.

(2)      As of the date of this prospectus, our sponsor has agreed to loan us up to $300,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. As of March 30, 2021, we had borrowed nil under the promissory note with our sponsor. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and are due at the earlier of December 31, 2021 or the closing of this offering. The loans will be repaid upon the closing of this offering out of the offering proceeds not held in the trust account. The value of our sponsor’s interest in this transaction corresponds to the principal amount issued and outstanding under any such loan.

(3)      Upon the completion of our initial business combination, we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable) subject to the limitations described herein whereby our net tangible assets will be maintained at a minimum of $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and any limitations (including, but not limited to, cash requirements) created by the terms of the proposed business combination. The “as adjusted” amount of ordinary shares subject to redemption equals, the “as adjusted” total assets of $51,018,406 less the “as adjusted” total liabilities of $1,750,000 and less the “as adjusted” total shareholders’ equity. The value of ordinary shares that may be redeemed is equal to $10.10 per share (which is the assumed redemption price) multiplied by 4,383,010 ordinary shares, which is the maximum number of ordinary shares that may be redeemed for a $10.10 purchase price per share and still maintain $5,000,001 of net tangible assets upon consummation of our initial business combination.

(4)      Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 187,500 ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders have been forfeited as a result thereof. Includes 272,250 Class A ordinary shares underlying the private units purchased by our sponsor concurrent with this offering.

(5)      Actual share amount is prior to any forfeiture of insider shares by our sponsor and as adjusted share amount assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

(6)      Derived by adding deferred underwriting discounts and commission payable, total shareholders’ equity and the value of ordinary shares subject to possible conversion.

56

Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations

We are a blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on March 10, 2021 with limited liability (meaning our public shareholders have no liability, as shareholders of the Company, for the liabilities of the Company over and above the amount paid for their shares) to serve as a vehicle to effect a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more target businesses.

Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic location. We intend to use cash derived from the proceeds of this offering, our securities, debt or a combination of cash, securities and debt, in effecting a business combination. The issuance of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares:

•        may significantly reduce the equity interest of our shareholders;

•        may subordinate the rights of holders of ordinary shares if we issue preferred shares with rights senior to those afforded to our ordinary shares;

•        will likely cause a change in control if a substantial number of our ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and most likely will also result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

•        may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control over us by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control over us; and

•        may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our securities.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

•        default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination are insufficient to pay our debt obligations;

•        acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we have made all principal and interest payments when due if the debt security contains covenants that required the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves and we breach any such covenant without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

•        our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

•        our inability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain additional financing while such security is outstanding;

•        our inability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares;

•        our using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

•        limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

•        increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

•        limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

57

Table of Contents

Results of Operations and Known Trends or Future Events

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities since inception have been organizational activities and those necessary to prepare for this offering. Following this offering, we will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of our initial business combination. We expect to generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents after this offering.

There has been no significant change in our financial or trading position and no material adverse change has occurred since the date of our audited financial statements. After this offering, we expect to incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses. We expect our expenses to increase substantially after the closing of this offering.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, as of March 30, 2021, we had $nil of cash and a working capital deficit of $72,127. Furthermore, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of our financing and acquisition plans. Management’s plans to address this uncertainty through this offering are discussed above. Our plans to raise capital or to consummate our initial business combination may not be successful. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

Our liquidity needs have been satisfied to date through receipt of $25,000 from the sale of the insider shares. In addition, as of the date of this prospectus, our sponsor has agreed to loan us up to $300,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. We estimate that the net proceeds from (1) the sale of the units in this offering, after deducting offering expenses of approximately $722,500 and underwriting discounts and commissions of $1,000,000 (or $1,150,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) (not including the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions) and (2) the sale of the private units for a purchase price of $2,722,500 (or $2,947,500 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be $51,000,000 (or $58,575,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), including the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions. Of this amount, an aggregate of $50,500,000 (or $58,075,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be held in the trust account. The remaining $500,000 will not be held in the trust account.

We intend to use substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering, including the funds held in the trust account, to acquire a target business or businesses and to pay our expenses relating thereto, including deferred underwriting discounts and commissions payable to Maxim Group LLC in an amount up to 3.5% of the total gross proceeds raised in the offering upon consummation of our initial business combination. To the extent that our share capital is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account as well as any other net proceeds not expended will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business.

Such working capital funds could be used in a variety of ways including continuing or expanding the target business’ operations, for strategic acquisitions and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products. Such funds could also be used to repay any operating expenses or finders’ fees which we had incurred prior to the completion of our initial business combination if the funds available to us outside of the trust account were insufficient to cover such expenses.

Over the next 12 months (assuming a business combination is not consummated prior thereto), we will use the funds held outside of the trust account for identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, performing business due diligence on prospective target businesses, traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, selecting the target business to acquire and structuring, negotiating and consummating the business combination. Out of the funds available outside the trust account, we anticipate that we will incur approximately:

•        $100,000 of expenses for the search for target businesses and for the legal, accounting and other third-party expenses attendant to the due diligence investigations, structuring and negotiating of a business combination;

•        $70,000 of expenses for the due diligence and investigation of a target business by our officers, directors and initial shareholders;

•        $40,000 of expenses in legal and accounting fees relating to our SEC reporting obligations;

58

Table of Contents

•        $120,000 for the payment for office space, administrative and support services to an affiliate of our Sponsor (of $10,000 per month for up to 12 months), subject to deferral as described herein; and

•        $170,000 for general working capital that will be used for miscellaneous expenses, including director and officer liability insurance premiums.

If our estimates of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating our initial business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, or the amount of interest available to us from the trust account is less than we expect as a result of the current interest rate environment, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial business combination.

We may need to obtain additional financing either to consummate our initial business combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon consummation of our initial business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only consummate such financing simultaneously with the consummation of our initial business combination. Following our initial business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.

Related Party Transactions

On March 30, 2021, we issued an aggregate of 1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares to our sponsor, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as the “insider shares,” for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.017 per share. On March 30, 2021, our sponsor transferred an aggregate of 70,000 insider shares to our officers and directors, which shares will not be subject to forfeiture in the event the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised. If the underwriters do not exercise all or a portion of their over-allotment option, our sponsor has agreed that up to an aggregate of 187,500 Class B ordinary shares in proportion to the portion of the over-allotment option that was not exercised are subject to forfeiture and would be immediately cancelled.

As such, our initial shareholders will own 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (assuming they do not purchase units in this offering and excluding the private units and the representative shares). If we increase or decrease the size of the offering, we will effect a capitalization or share surrender or redemption or other appropriate mechanism with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of insider shares by our initial shareholders at 20.0% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering (excluding the private units and the representative shares). Our sponsor does not intend to purchase any units in the public offering.

As of the date of this prospectus, our sponsor has agreed to loan us up to $300,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. As of March 30, 2021, we had borrowed nil under the promissory note with our sponsor. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and are due at the earlier of December 31, 2021 or the closing of this offering. The loans will be repaid upon the closing of this offering out of the offering proceeds not held in the trust account. The value of our sponsor’s interest in this transaction corresponds to the principal amount issued and outstanding under any such loan.

On the date of this prospectus, we will enter into an Administrative Services Agreement with an affiliate of our sponsor pursuant to which we will pay a total of $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services to such affiliate. However, pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we may delay payment of the monthly fee upon a determination by our audit committee that we lack sufficient funds held outside the trust to pay actual or anticipated expenses in connection with our initial business combination. Any unpaid amount will accrue without interest and be due and payable no later than the date of the consummation of our initial business combination.

We will reimburse our officers and directors for any reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf such as identifying and investigating possible target businesses and business combinations.

Our sponsor has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 272,250 (or 294,750 private units if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) private units at $10.00 per private unit (for a total purchase price of $2,722,500, or $2,947,500 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) which will be purchased in a private placement to occur simultaneously with the closing of this offering.

59

Table of Contents

If needed to finance transaction costs in connection with searching for a target business or consummating an intended initial business combination, our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Such loans would be evidenced by promissory notes.

The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,150,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into private units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued units to acquire 126,500 Class A ordinary shares (which includes 11,500 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of rights) if $1,150,000 of notes were so converted).

We believe the purchase price of these units will approximate the fair value of such units when issued. However, if it is determined, at the time of issuance, that the fair value of such units exceeds the purchase price, we would record compensation expense for the excess of the fair value of the units on the day of issuance over the purchase price in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718 — Compensation — Stock Compensation.

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement we will enter into with our sponsor on or prior to the closing of this offering, we may be required to register certain securities for sale under the Securities Act. We will bear the costs and expenses of filing any such registration statements. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale — Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies — Registration Rights.”

Controls and Procedures

We are not currently required to maintain an effective system of internal controls as defined by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will be required to comply with the internal control requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2022. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not completed an assessment, nor have our auditors tested our systems, of internal controls.

We expect to assess the internal controls of our target business or businesses prior to the completion of our initial business combination and, if necessary, to implement and test additional controls as we may determine are necessary in order to state that we maintain an effective system of internal controls. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding the adequacy of internal controls. Target businesses we may consider for our initial business combination may have internal controls that need improvement in areas such as:

•        staffing for financial, accounting and external reporting areas, including segregation of duties;

•        reconciliation of accounts;

•        proper recording of expenses and liabilities in the period to which they relate;

•        evidence of internal review and approval of accounting transactions;

•        documentation of processes, assumptions and conclusions underlying significant estimates; and

•        documentation of accounting policies and procedures.

Because it will take time, management involvement and perhaps outside resources to determine what internal control improvements are necessary for us to meet regulatory requirements and market expectations for our operation of a target business, we may incur significant expense in meeting our public reporting responsibilities, particularly in the areas of designing, enhancing, or remediating internal and disclosure controls. Doing so effectively may also take longer than we expect, thus increasing our exposure to financial fraud or erroneous financing reporting.

Once our management’s report on internal controls is complete, we will retain our independent auditors to audit and render an opinion on such report when, or if, required by Section 404. The independent auditors may identify additional issues concerning a target business’s internal controls while performing their audit of internal control over financial reporting.

60

Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The net proceeds of this offering, including amounts in the trust account, will be invested in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes having a maturity of 185 days or less, or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest solely in U.S. treasuries. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements; Commitments and Contractual Obligations; Quarterly Results

As of the date of this prospectus, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K and did not have any commitments or contractual obligations. No unaudited quarterly operating data is included in this prospectus as we have conducted no operations to date.

JOBS Act

The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We will qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act will be allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies.

We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As such, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

In addition, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company”, we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things:

•        provide an independent registered public accounting firm’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404,

•        provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act,

•        comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and

•        disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation.

These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of this offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

61

Table of Contents

Proposed Business

Introduction

We are a Cayman Islands company incorporated on March 10, 2021 as an exempted company with limited liability. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies wishing to conduct business outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Act. As an exempted company, we have applied for and received a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with section 6 of the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from March 15, 2021, that no law which is thereafter enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable:

•        on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations, or

•        by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment as defined in the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands.

We were formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our initial business combination. Although there is no restriction or limitation on what industry or geographic region in which our target operates, we intend to pursue prospective targets in Asia with a focus on the e-commerce, new energy, enterprise services, education and biomedical sectors. We intend to primarily seek to acquire one or more growth businesses with a total enterprise value of between $200,000,000 and $1,000,000,000.

We do not have any specific business combination under consideration and we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf), directly or indirectly, contacted any prospective target business or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. In addition, we have not engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate, to conduct any research or take any measures, directly or indirectly, to locate or contact a target business.

Our Management Team

We will seek to capitalize on the comprehensive experience and contacts of our executive officers in consummating an initial business combination. Our management team consists of Daqing Mao, our Director, Xuefei Xiao, our Chief Executive Officer, and Siyuan Wang, our Chief Financial Officer.

Daqing Mao serves as our Director. He founded Ucommune International Ltd in 2015 and has served as the Director of Ucommune International Ltd since December 2020 and the chairman of the board of directors since June 2021. Prior to founding Ucommune International Ltd, Dr. Mao served as the executive vice president of China Vanke Co., Ltd. (HKEX: 2202) and the general manager of Beijing Vanke Company Limited from 2009 to 2015. Prior to that, Dr. Mao served as the Bohai-Rim region general manager of CapitaLand China Holdings Pte Ltd (Beijing) from 2002 to 2009, and was the chief representative of The Ascott Limited (Beijing) from 2000 to 2002, a resident architect and project manager at Somerset Holdings Limited from 1996 to 1999, a senior designer at Nikken Sekkei International from 1994 to 1996, and a senior planner at Thailand’s Saha Group from 1993 to 1994. Dr. Mao has also been the founder and chairman of 5Lmeet, a lifestyle innovation company based in Beijing since 2015. He is a Chartered Architect in China and serves as visiting professor in multiple universities and an expert consultant of the Beijing Municipal People’s Government. Dr. Mao received a bachelor’s degree in architecture from Southeast University in 1991 and a Ph.D. degree in management science and engineering from Tongji University in 2002. He also completed a post-doctoral program in regional economics at Peking University in 2006.

Xuefei Xiao serves as our Chief Executive Officer. Since 2017, Ms. Xiao has worked in the legal department of Ucommune International Ltd, and currently serves as the head of the legal department. Prior to working at Ucommune International Ltd, Ms. Xiao served as legal counsel of Chengtong Human Resource Company Ltd. from July 2009 to July 2017, specializing in labor law. Ms. Xiao obtained a Bachelor of Economic Law from Northwest University of Political Science and Law in 2006 and a master’s degree in international law from University of International Business and Economics in 2008. Ms. Xiao has passed the PRC legal professional qualification examination.

62

Table of Contents

Siyuan Wang serves as our Chief Financial Officer. Since November 2018, Mr. Wang has worked at Ucommune International Ltd, currently serving as the financial controller. He has served as the chief financial officer at Ucommune International Ltd since June 2021. He worked in the audit and assurance function at Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu LLC, Chicago office, from 2012 to 2018. Mr. Wang has a strong background in accounting and finance and is familiar with U.S. GAAP and financial reporting. He graduated from the University of Idaho in 2009 with a Bachelor of Science in Accounting and Finance, and received a Master of Science in Accounting from Michigan State University in 2012. Mr. Wang has been an American Certified Public Accountant (AICPA) since September 2014.

Case Studies

Domesee is a provider of SaaS services and IOT solutions utilizing its self-developed SAAS management platform. In March 2017, Daqing Mao led the investment round of RMB 9 million for 30% equity interests of Domesee at a post-money valuation of RMB 30 million. This early financing round was essential in Domesee’s growth strategy. In 2018 and 2019, Domesee raised additional capital and it currently has a post-money valuation of approximately RMB 400 million. Mr. Daqing Mao’s early investment in Domesee is currently valued at approximately RMB 120 million, or over 12.3 times the original investment.

Zest Digital is a digital marketing services provider co-founded in June 2015 by Guangdong Advertising Group, one of the largest advertising companies in China. In December 2018, Daqing Mao led the Zest Digital acquisition on behalf of Ucommune International Ltd, which acquired a 51% equity interest in Zest Digital, then valued at approximately RMB 62.8 million. Through this acquisition, Zest Digital helped Ucommune International Ltd. formulate tailor-made digital marketing strategies and provide members with a wide range of tailor-made advertising and branding services. In recent years, Zest Digital generated revenue of RMB 300 million to RMB 400 million annually. Zest Digital is currently valued at approximately RMB 500 million (over four times its value as of the date of acquisition).

Danke Apartment is a leading co-living platform in China specializing in providing high-quality and reliable one-stop services, including cleaning, repair, maintenance, WiFi and 24/7 resident support. Daqing Mao led the investment round of RMB 1 million in Danke Apartment in 2017. In January 2020, Danke Apartment went public in the United States and raised approximately US$149.0 million, and was valued at approximately US$2.7 billion. Prior to the listing, Danke Apartment had received approximately RMB 5.8 billion through seven rounds of financing. This investment returned over 5.5 times the initial investment.

We believe the experience and contacts of our management team will give us distinct advantages in sourcing, structuring and consummating acquisition transactions. We believe that our team has a strong mixture of skills, including experience with entrepreneurship, investment, legal, accounting and finance and marketing, which we believe will assist us in identifying a target and effecting a business combination.

We have developed a proprietary network of business leaders, investors and intermediaries that we believe can generate deal flow for us. We believe we can source attractive deals and find compelling investment opportunities from private and public sources to create value for shareholders. See “Management” for complete information on the experience of our officers and directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs and will allocate their time to other businesses, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We expect each of our employees to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business (which could range from only a few hours a week while we are trying to locate a potential target business to a majority of their time as we move into serious negotiations with a target business for a business combination).

As more fully discussed in “Management — Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he has pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations, he may be required to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law, prior to presenting such business combination opportunity to us. Most of our officers and directors currently have certain pre-existing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations.

63

Table of Contents

In addition, past performance by our management team is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to locate a suitable candidate for our initial business combination. Furthermore, the members of the management team may not remain with us subsequent to the consummation of a business combination.

Established Deal Sourcing Network

We believe the strong track record of our management team will provide access to a quality deal pipeline. In addition, we believe we have contacts and sources from which to generate acquisition opportunities and possibly seek complementary follow-on business arrangements. These contacts and sources include those in government, media, private and public companies, private equity and venture capital funds, investment bankers, attorneys and accountants. Given or management team’s deal experience, extensive contacts and value-add capabilities, we believe that we will be able to acquire a target business that will achieve significant returns for investors.

Status as a Publicly Listed Company

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to prospective target businesses. As a publicly listed company, we will offer a target business an alternative to a traditional initial public offering. We believe that target businesses will favor this alternative, which we believe is less expensive, while offering greater certainty of execution than a traditional initial public offering.

During a traditional initial public offering, expenses incurred in marketing would typically be costlier than in a business combination with us. Furthermore, once our shareholders approve a proposed business combination (if applicable) and we consummate the transaction, the target business will have effectively become public. In contrast, a traditional initial public offering is subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions that could prevent the offering from occurring.

Once public, we believe the target business would have greater access to capital and additional means of creating management incentives that are better aligned with shareholders’ interests than it would as a private company. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented management.

Strong Financial Position and Flexibility

With the funds held in our trust account, we can offer a target business a variety of options to facilitate a business combination and fund future expansion and growth of its business. Because we can consummate a business combination using the cash proceeds from this offering, our share capital, debt or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use an efficient structure allowing us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to address the needs of the parties.

However, if a business combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay for the purchase price, we may need to arrange third party financing to help fund our business combination. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing.

Acquisition Strategy

Our acquisition strategy will seek to capitalize on the operational and M&A expertise and relationships of our management team and our board of directors, to identify attractive businesses that have capacity to grow rapidly by utilizing a public vehicle. Although we are not limited to any particular industry, we intend to primarily focus on companies operating in the e-commerce, new energy, enterprise services, education and biomedical sectors. There is no restriction in the geographic region of targets that we can pursue, although we intend to initially prioritize regions in Asia, as our officers and directors consist of successful entrepreneurs and senior executives with decades of operating and M&A experience in the region.

64

Table of Contents

Acquisition Criteria

The focus of our management team is to create shareholder value by utilizing its experience to improve the efficiency of the business while implementing strategies to grow revenue and profits organically and/or through acquisitions. Consistent with our strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. While we intend to use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating prospective businesses, we may deviate from these criteria and guidelines should we see fit to do so:

•        Niche Deal Size

We intend to acquire companies with enterprise values of between $200,000,000 and $1,000,000,000 that are preferably already cash-generating. We believe we have greater access to companies within this range and the negotiation process is generally less time consuming than companies that are much larger.

•        Long-term Revenue Visibility with Defensible Market Position

We intend to seek target companies that are at an inflection point, such as those requiring additional management expertise, are able to innovate by developing new products or services, or where we believe we can drive improved financial performance and where an acquisition may help facilitate growth.

•        Benefits from Being a Public Company listed on Nasdaq (Value Creation and Marketing Opportunities)

We intend to seek target companies that should offer attractive risk-adjusted equity returns for our shareholders. We intend to seek to acquire a target on terms and in a manner that leverages our experience. We expect to evaluate financial returns based on:

•        the potential for organic growth in cash flows,

•        the ability to achieve cost savings,

•        the ability to accelerate growth, including through the opportunity for follow-on acquisitions, and

•        the prospects for creating value through other value creation initiatives; potential upside from growth in the target business’ earnings and an improved capital structure will be weighed against any identified downside risks.

These criteria are not exhaustive. Any evaluation of the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant.

Other Acquisition Considerations

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. If we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, intend to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent firm that commonly renders valuation opinions for the type of company we are seeking to acquire or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Effecting a Business Combination

We will either:

•        seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), or

65

Table of Contents

•        provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of our proposed business combination or allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval.

We Have Not Identified a Target Business

To date, we have not selected any target business on which to concentrate our search for a business combination. None of our officers, directors, initial shareholders and other affiliates has engaged in discussions on our behalf with representatives of other companies regarding the possibility of a potential merger, share exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with us, nor have we, nor any of our agents or affiliates, been approached by any candidates (or representatives of any candidates) with respect to a possible business combination with our company.

Accordingly, there is no basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the target business with which we may ultimately complete a business combination. To the extent we effect a business combination with a company or an entity in its early stage of development or growth, including entities without established records of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business and operations of early stage or potential emerging growth companies. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

Sources of Target Businesses

We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers, venture capital funds, private equity funds, leveraged buyout funds, management buyout funds and other members of the financial community. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings which will not commence until after the completion of this offering.

These sources may also introduce us to target businesses they think we may be interested in on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read this prospectus and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as their respective affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on a formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which case we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction.

In no event, however, will any of our existing officers, directors, special advisors or initial shareholders, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination (regardless of the type of transaction). If we decide to enter into a business combination with a target business affiliated with our officers, directors or initial shareholders, we will do so only if we have obtained an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view. However, as of the date of this prospectus, there is no affiliated entity that we consider a business combination target.

Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of a Business Combination

Subject to the limitations that a target business have a fair market value of at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, as

66

Table of Contents

described below in more detail, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective target business. We have not established any other specific attributes or criteria (financial or otherwise) for prospective target businesses.

In evaluating a prospective target business, our management may consider a variety of factors, including one or more of the following:

•        financial condition and results of operation;

•        growth potential;

•        experience and skill of management and availability of additional personnel;

•        capital requirements;

•        competitive position;

•        barriers to entry;

•        stage of development of its products, processes or services;

•        degree of current or potential market acceptance of the products, processes or services;

•        proprietary features and degree of intellectual property or other protection for its products, processes or services;

•        regulatory environment of the industry; and

•        costs associated with effecting the business combination.

We believe such factors will be important in evaluating prospective target businesses, regardless of the location or industry in which the businesses operate. However, this list is not intended to be exhaustive. Furthermore, we may decide to enter into a business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines.

An evaluation of the merits of a particular business combination will be based on the above factors as well as other considerations deemed relevant by our management consistent with our business objective. In evaluating a prospective target business, we will conduct an extensive due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and inspection of facilities, as well as review of financial and other information which is made available to us. This due diligence review will be conducted either by our management or by unaffiliated third parties we may engage, although we have no current intention to engage any such third parties.

The time and costs required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete the business combination cannot presently be ascertained with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which a business combination is not ultimately completed will result in a loss to us and reduce the amount of capital available to otherwise complete a business combination.

Fair Market Value of Target Business

Pursuant to Nasdaq listing rules, the target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, although we may acquire a target business whose fair market value significantly exceeds 80% of the trust account balance.

We anticipate structuring a business combination to acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination as a direct merger with the target business, or we may acquire less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete a business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act.

67

Table of Contents

Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital of a target. In this case, we could acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination.

If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, only the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test, assuming that we obtain and maintain a listing for our securities on Nasdaq. In order to consummate such an acquisition, we may issue a significant amount of our debt or equity securities to the sellers of such businesses and/or seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities.

Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not entered into any such fund raising arrangement and have no current intention of doing so. The fair market value of the target will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and book value).

If our board is not able to independently determine that the target business has a sufficient fair market value, we will obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking firm, or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. We will not be required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm, or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire, as to the fair market value if our board of directors independently determines that the target business complies with the 80% threshold.

We will not be required to comply with the 80% fair market value requirement if we are delisted from Nasdaq. If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange after this offering, we would not be required to satisfy the fair market value requirement described above and could complete a business combination with a target business having a fair market value substantially below 80% of the balance in the trust account.

Lack of Business Diversification

Unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations of entities operating in multiple industries or multiple areas of a single industry, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

•        subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination, and

•        result in our dependency upon the performance of a single operating business or the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses and such businesses are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other acquisitions, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple acquisitions, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business.

68

Table of Contents

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target Business’ Management

Although we intend to scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of the target business’ management will prove to be correct. In addition, we cannot assure you that the future management will have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of our officers and directors, if any, in the target business following a business combination cannot presently be known.

While some of our key personnel may remain associated in senior management or advisory positions with us following a business combination, it is unlikely that they will devote their full-time efforts to our affairs subsequent to a business combination. Moreover, they would only be able to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination.

Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for them to receive compensation in the form of cash payments or our securities for services they would render to the company after the consummation of the business combination. In addition, our officers and directors may not have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that any such additional managers we do recruit will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

In connection with any proposed business combination, we will either:

•        seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), or

•        provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. If we determine to engage in a tender offer, such tender offer will be structured so that each shareholder may tender any or all of his, her or its public shares rather than some pro rata portion of his, her or its shares. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction, or whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval.

If we so choose and we are legally permitted to do so, we have the flexibility to avoid a shareholder vote and allow our shareholders to sell their shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act which regulate issuer tender offers. In that case, we will file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, solely if we seek shareholder approval, a majority of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination.

We chose our net tangible asset threshold of $5,000,001 to ensure that we would avoid being subject to Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. However, if we seek to consummate an initial business combination with a target business that imposes any type of working capital closing condition or requires us to have a minimum amount of funds available from the trust account upon consummation of such initial business combination, our net tangible asset threshold may limit our ability to consummate such initial business combination (as we may be required to have a lesser number of shares converted or sold to us) and may force us to seek third party financing which may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all.

69

Table of Contents

As a result, we may not be able to consummate such initial business combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable period, if at all. Public shareholders may therefore have to wait 12 months from the closing of this offering (or 21 months if we have extended the period of time as described in this prospectus) in order to be able to receive a pro rata share of the trust account.

Our initial shareholders and our officers and directors have agreed:

•        to vote any ordinary shares owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination,

•        not to convert any ordinary shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination, and

•        not sell any ordinary shares in any tender in connection with a proposed initial business combination.

As a result, if we sought shareholder approval of a proposed transaction we could need as little as 1,751,376 of our public shares (or approximately 35.0% of our public shares) assuming shareholders holding all issued shares would attend the general meeting, or 114,564 of our public shares (or approximately 2.3% of our public shares) assuming shareholders holding a minimum number of shares constituting the quorum would attend the general meeting, to be voted in favor of the transaction in order to have such transaction approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised and the initial shareholders do not purchase any units in this offering or units or shares in the after-market).

None of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates has indicated an intention to purchase units or ordinary shares in this offering or from persons in the open market or in private transactions (other than the private units). However, if we hold a meeting to approve a proposed business combination and a significant number of shareholders vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against such proposed business combination, our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates could make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions in order to influence the vote. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our officers, directors, initial shareholders and their affiliates will not make purchases of ordinary shares if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act, which are rules designed to stop potential manipulation of a company’s stock.

If we anticipate that we may not be able to consummate our initial business combination within 12 months, we may, but are not obligated to, extend the period to consummate a business combination three times by an additional three months each time (for a total of up to 21 months to complete a business combination). Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the trust agreement to be entered into between us and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC on the date of this prospectus, in order to extend the time available for us to consummate our initial business combination, our insiders or their affiliates or designees, upon five days advance notice prior to the applicable deadline, must deposit into the trust account for each three month extension $500,000, or $575,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per share in either case), on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline.

The insiders will receive a non-interest bearing, unsecured promissory note equal to the amount of any such deposit that will not be repaid if we are unable to close a business combination unless there are funds available outside the trust account to do so. Such notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, or, at the noteholder’s discretion, converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. Our shareholders have approved the issuance of the private units upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert such notes at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination.

If we receive notice from our insiders five days prior to the applicable deadline of their intent to effect an extension, we intend to issue a press release announcing such intention at least three days prior to the applicable deadline. In addition, we intend to issue a press release the day after the applicable deadline announcing whether or not the funds had been timely deposited.

Our insiders and their affiliates or designees are not obligated to fund the trust account to extend the time for us to complete our initial business combination. To the extent that some, but not all, of our insiders, decide to extend the period to consummate our initial business combination, such insiders (or their affiliates or designees) may deposit the entire amount required. Any notes issued pursuant to these loans would be in addition to any notes issued pursuant to working capital loans made to us.

70

Table of Contents

Redemption/Tender Rights

At any meeting called to approve an initial business combination, public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, less any taxes then due but not yet paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account.

The redemption rights will be effected under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and Cayman Islands law as redemptions. If we hold a meeting to approve an initial business combination, a holder will always have the ability to vote against a proposed business combination and not seek conversion of his shares.

Alternatively, if we engage in a tender offer, each public shareholder will be provided the opportunity to sell his public shares to us in such tender offer. The tender offer rules require us to hold the tender offer open for at least 20 business days. Accordingly, this is the minimum amount of time we would need to provide holders to determine whether they want to sell their public shares to us in the tender offer or remain an investor in our company.

Our initial shareholders, officers and directors will not have redemption rights with respect to any ordinary shares owned by them, directly or indirectly, whether acquired prior to this offering or purchased by them in this offering or in the aftermarket. We may also require public shareholders, whether they are a record holder or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates (if any) to our transfer agent or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, at any time at or prior to the vote on the business combination.

Once the shares are converted by the holder, and effectively redeemed by us under Cayman Islands law, the transfer agent will then update our Register of Members to reflect all conversions. The proxy solicitation materials that we will furnish to shareholders in connection with the vote for any proposed business combination will indicate whether we are requiring shareholders to satisfy such delivery requirements.

Accordingly, a shareholder would have from the time our proxy statement is mailed through the vote on the business combination to deliver his shares if he wishes to seek to exercise his redemption rights. Under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we are required to provide at least five days’ advance notice of any shareholder meeting, which would be the minimum amount of time a shareholder would have to determine whether to exercise redemption rights.

As a result, if we require public shareholders who wish to convert their ordinary shares into the right to receive a pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account to comply with the foregoing delivery requirements, holders may not have sufficient time to receive the notice and deliver their shares for conversion. Accordingly, investors may not be able to exercise their redemption rights and may be forced to retain our securities when they otherwise would not want to.

There is a nominal cost associated with this tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $45 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the converting holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights.

The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated. However, in the event we require shareholders seeking to exercise redemption rights to deliver their shares prior to the consummation of the proposed business combination and the proposed business combination is not consummated, this may result in an increased cost to shareholders.

Any request to convert or tender such shares once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the vote on the proposed business combination or expiration of the tender offer. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered his certificate in connection with an election of their conversion or tender and subsequently decides prior to the vote on the business combination or the expiration of the tender offer not to elect to exercise such rights, he may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically).

If the initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public shareholders who elected to exercise their redemption or tender rights would not be entitled to convert their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any shares delivered by public holders.

71

Table of Contents

Automatic Liquidation of Trust Account if No Business Combination

If we do not complete a business combination within 12 months (or 21 months, if we extend the time to complete a business combination as described in this prospectus) from the consummation of this offering, it will trigger our automatic winding up, liquidation and subsequent dissolution pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. As a result, this has the same effect as if we had formally gone through a voluntary liquidation procedure under the Companies Act.

Accordingly, no vote would be required from our shareholders to commence such a voluntary winding up, liquidation and subsequent dissolution. However, if we anticipate that we may not be able to consummate our initial business combination within 12 months, we may, but are not obligated to, extend the period to consummate a business combination three times by an additional three months each time (for a total of up to 21 months to complete a business combination). Public shareholders will not be offered the opportunity to vote on or redeem their shares in connection with any such extension.

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the trust agreement to be entered into between us and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC on the date of this prospectus, in order to extend the time available for us to consummate our initial business combination, our insiders or their affiliates or designees, upon five days advance notice prior to the applicable deadline, must deposit into the trust account for each three month extension $500,000, or $575,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per share in either case), on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline.

The insiders will receive a non-interest bearing, unsecured promissory note equal to the amount of any such deposit that will not be repaid if we are unable to close a business combination unless there are funds available outside the trust account to do so. Such notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, or, at the lender’s discretion, converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit.

Our shareholders have approved the issuance of the private units upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert such notes at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination. If we receive notice from our insiders five days prior to the applicable deadline of their intent to effect an extension, we intend to issue a press release announcing such intention at least three days prior to the applicable deadline. In addition, we intend to issue a press release the day after the applicable deadline announcing whether or not the funds had been timely deposited. Our insiders and their affiliates or designees are not obligated to fund the trust account to extend the time for us to complete our initial business combination.

To the extent that some, but not all, of our insiders, decide to extend the period to consummate our initial business combination, such insiders (or their affiliates or designees) may deposit the entire amount required. If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within such period, we will, as promptly as possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of our outstanding public shares for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the trust account, including a pro rata portion of any interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not necessary to pay our taxes, then seek to liquidate and dissolve. However, we may not be able to distribute such amounts as a result of claims of creditors which may take priority over the claims of our public shareholders. In the event of our liquidation and subsequent dissolution, the public rights will expire and will be worthless.

The amount in the trust account under the Companies Act will be treated as funds distributable under the Companies Act provided that immediately following the date on which the proposed distribution is proposed to be made, we are able to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. If we are forced to liquidate the trust account, we anticipate that we would distribute to our public shareholders the amount in the trust account calculated as of the date that is two days prior to the distribution date (including any accrued interest). Prior to such distribution, we would be required to assess all claims that may be brought against us by our creditors for amounts they are actually owed and make provision for such amounts, as creditors take priority over our public shareholders with respect to amounts that are owed to them.

We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be brought against us. As such, our shareholders could be liable for any claims of creditors to the extent of distributions received by them as an unlawful payment in the event we enter an insolvent liquidation. Furthermore, while we will seek to have all vendors and service providers (which would include any third parties we engaged to assist us in any way in connection with our search for a target

72

Table of Contents

business) and prospective target businesses execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the trust account, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements. Nor is there any guarantee that, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they will not seek recourse against the trust account or that a court would conclude that such agreements are legally enforceable.

Each of our initial shareholders and our officers and directors have agreed to waive its rights to participate in any liquidation of our trust account or other assets with respect to the insider shares and private units and to vote their insider shares, private shares in favor of any liquidation and plan of distribution which we submit to a vote of shareholders. There will be no distribution from the trust account with respect to our rights, which will expire worthless.

If we do not complete an initial business combination and expend all of the net proceeds of this offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the initial per-share distribution from the trust account would be $10.10.

The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would be prior to the claims of our public shareholders. Although we will seek to have all vendors, including lenders for money borrowed, prospective target businesses or other entities we engage execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account.

If any third party refused to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, we would perform an analysis of the alternatives available to us if we chose not to engage such third party and evaluate if such engagement would be in the best interest of our shareholders if such third party refused to waive such claims. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refused to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a provider of required services willing to provide the waiver.

In any event, our management would perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and would only enter into an agreement with a third party that did not execute a waiver if management believed that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason.

Ucommune Talent Limited has agreed that, if we liquidate the trust account prior to the consummation of a business combination, it will be liable to pay debts and obligations to target businesses or vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us in excess of the net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account, but only to the extent necessary to ensure that such debts or obligations do not reduce the amounts in the trust account and only if such parties have not executed a waiver agreement. However, we cannot assure you that he will be able to satisfy those obligations if he is required to do so. Accordingly, the actual per-share distribution could be less than $10.10 due to claims of creditors.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates.

Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than us and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe we could acquire numerous potential target businesses with the net proceeds of this offering, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses may be limited by our available financial resources.

73

Table of Contents

The following also may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses:

•        our obligation to seek shareholder approval of a business combination or obtain the necessary financial information to be sent to shareholders in connection with such business combination may delay or prevent the completion of a transaction;

•        our obligation to convert public shares held by our public shareholders may reduce the resources available to us for a business combination;

•        Nasdaq may require us to file a new listing application and meet its initial listing requirements to maintain the listing of our securities following a business combination;

•        our outstanding rights and unit purchase options and the potential future dilution they represent;

•        our obligation to pay the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions to Maxim Group LLC upon consummation of our initial business combination;

•        our obligation to either repay or issue units upon conversion of up to $1,150,000 of working capital loans that may be made to us by our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates;

•        our obligation to register the resale of the insider shares, as well as the private units (and underlying securities) and any securities issued to our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates upon conversion of working capital loans; and the impact on the target business’ assets as a result of unknown liabilities under the securities laws or otherwise depending on developments involving us prior to the consummation of a business combination.

Any of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. Our management believes, however, that our status as a public entity and potential access to the United States public equity markets may give us a competitive advantage over privately-held entities having a similar business objective as ours in acquiring a target business with significant growth potential on favorable terms.

If we succeed in effecting a business combination, there will be, in all likelihood, intense competition from competitors of the target business. We cannot assure you that, subsequent to a business combination, we will have the resources or ability to compete effectively.

Facilities

We maintain our principal executive office at Floor 8, Tower D, No. 2 Guang Hua Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, People’s Republic of China, 100026. The cost for this space is provided to us an affiliate of the sponsor, as part of the $10,000 per month payment we make to it for office space and related services. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Employees

We have two executive officers and two non-independent Directors. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters and intend to devote only as much time as they deem necessary to our affairs. The amount of time they will devote in any period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for the business combination and the stage of the business combination process the company is in.

Accordingly, once management locates a suitable target business to acquire, they will spend more time investigating such target business and negotiating and processing the business combination (and consequently spend more time to our affairs) than they would prior to locating a suitable target business. We expect our executive officers to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business (which could range from only a few hours a week while we are trying to locate a potential target business to a majority of their time as we move into serious negotiations with a target business for a business combination). We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the consummation of a business combination.

74

Table of Contents

Periodic Reporting and Audited Financial Statements

We have registered our units, Class A ordinary shares and rights under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual report will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We will provide shareholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of any proxy solicitation sent to shareholders to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, the financial information included in the proxy solicitation materials will need to be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.

The financial statements may also be required to be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the Form 8-K announcing the closing of an initial business combination, which would need to be filed within four business days thereafter. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have the necessary financial information. To the extent that this requirement cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business.

We will be required to comply with the internal control requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act beginning for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2022. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile. We will remain such for up to five years. However, if on the last day of the second fiscal quarter of any given fiscal year:

•        our non-convertible debt issued within a three-year period or our total revenues exceed $1.07 billion, or

•        the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million

•        we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following fiscal year.

As an emerging growth company, we have elected, under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, to take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any of our officers or directors in their capacity as such, and we and our officers and directors have not been subject to any such proceeding in the 12 months preceding the date of this prospectus.

75

Table of Contents

Comparison to Offerings of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419

The following table compares and contrasts the terms of our offering and the terms of an offering of blank check companies under Rule 419 promulgated by the SEC assuming that the gross proceeds, underwriting discounts and underwriting expenses for the Rule 419 offering are the same as this offering and that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. None of the terms of a Rule 419 offering will apply to this offering because we will be listed on a national securities exchange, we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,001 upon the successful consummation of this offering and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact.

 

Terms of the Offering

 

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Escrow of offering proceeds

 

An aggregate of $50,500,000 (or $58,075,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of the net offering proceeds and proceeds from the sale of the private units will be deposited into a trust account in the United States, maintained by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, acting as trustee.

 

$41,850,000 of the offering proceeds would be required to be deposited into either an escrow account with an insured depositary institution or in a separate bank account established by a broker-dealer in which the broker-dealer acts as trustee for persons having the beneficial interests in the account.

Investment of net proceeds

 

The $50,500,000 (or $58,075,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of the net offering proceeds and proceeds from the sale of the private units held in trust will only be invested in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest solely in United States government treasuries.

 

Proceeds could be invested only in specified securities such as a money market fund meeting conditions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 or in securities that are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States.

Limitation on fair value or net assets of target business

 

The initial target business that we acquire must have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in our trust account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination. We will not be required to comply with the 80% fair market value requirement if we are delisted from Nasdaq.

 

We would be restricted from acquiring a target business unless the fair value of such business or net assets to be acquired represent at least 80% of the maximum offering proceeds.

Trading of securities issued

 

The units may commence trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The Class A ordinary shares and rights comprising the units may begin to trade separately on the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus unless Maxim Group LLC informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading (based upon its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization and blank check companies in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular), provided we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K, which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the proceeds of this offering, and issued a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin.

 

No trading of the units or the underlying securities would be permitted until the completion of a business combination. During this period, the securities would be held in the escrow or trust account.

76

Table of Contents

 

Terms of the Offering

 

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Election to remain an investor

 

We will either (1) give our shareholders the opportunity to vote on the business combination or (2) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us in a tender offer for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account less taxes. If we hold a meeting to approve a proposed business combination, we will send each shareholder a proxy statement containing information required by the SEC. Under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we must provide at least five days advance notice of any meeting of shareholders. Accordingly, this is the minimum amount of time we would need to provide holders to determine whether to exercise their rights to convert their shares into cash at such a meeting or to remain an investor in our company. Alternatively, if we do not hold a meeting and instead conduct a tender offer, we will conduct such tender offer in accordance with the tender offer rules of the SEC and file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as we would have included in a proxy statement. The tender offer rules require us to hold the tender offer open for at least 20 business days. Accordingly, this is the minimum amount of time we would need to provide holders to determine whether they want to sell their shares to us in the tender offer or remain an investor in our company.

 

A prospectus containing information required by the SEC would be sent to each investor. Each investor would be given the opportunity to notify the company, in writing, within a period of no less than 20 business days and no more than 45 business days from the effective date of the post-effective amendment, to decide whether he or she elects to remain a shareholder of the company or require the return of his or her investment. If the company has not received the notification by the end of the 45th business day, funds and interest or dividends, if any, held in the trust or escrow account would automatically be returned to the shareholder. Unless a sufficient number of investors elect to remain investors, all of the deposited funds in the escrow account must be returned to all investors and none of the securities will be issued.

Business combination deadline

 

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if we do not complete an initial business combination within 12 months from the consummation of this offering (or 21 months as described elsewhere herein), it will trigger our automatic winding up, liquidation and subsequent dissolution.

 

If an acquisition has not been consummated within 21 months after the effective date of the initial registration statement, funds held in the trust or escrow account would be returned to investors.

Interest earned on the funds in the trust account

 

There can be released to us, from time to time any interest earned on the funds in the trust account that we may need to pay our tax obligations. The remaining interest earned on the funds in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our entry into liquidation upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

 

All interest earned on the funds in the trust account will be held in trust for the benefit of public shareholders until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our liquidation upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

77

Table of Contents

 

Terms of the Offering

 

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Release of funds

 

Except for interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to pay our tax obligations, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of (1) the completion of a business combination (in which case, the proceeds released to us will be net of the funds used to pay converting or tendering shareholders, as the trustee will directly send the appropriate portion of the amount held in trust to the converting or tendering shareholders at the time of the business combination), (2) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (i) to modify the substance or timing of the ability of holders of our public shares to seek redemption in connection with our initial business combination or our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 or up to 21 months from the closing of this offering or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity, and (3) the liquidation of our trust account upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

 

The proceeds held in the escrow account would not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

78

Table of Contents

Management

Directors and Executive Officers

Our current directors, executive officers and independent director appointees, their ages and positions are as follows:

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Daqing Mao

 

52

 

Director

Xuefei Xiao

 

35

 

Chief Executive Officer

Siyuan Wang

 

35

 

Chief Financial Officer

Zhuangkun He

 

48

 

Director Appointee*

Wenbing Chris Wang

 

49

 

Independent Director Appointee*

Albert Lyu

 

42

 

Independent Director Appointee*

Qingyou Guan

 

43

 

Independent Director Appointee*

____________

*        Has accepted a director appointment, which will be effective upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus forms a part.

Below is a summary of the business experience of each our executive officers and directors:

Daqing Mao has served as our Director since March 2021. Mr. Mao will also serve as our Chairman upon the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus forms a part. He founded Ucommune International Ltd in 2015 and has served as the Director of Ucommune International Ltd since December 2020 and the chairman of the board of directors since June 2021. Prior to founding Ucommune International Ltd, Dr. Mao served as the executive vice president of China Vanke Co., Ltd. (HKEX: 2202) and the general manager of Beijing Vanke Company Limited from 2009 to 2015. Prior to that, Dr. Mao served as the Bohai-Rim region general manager of CapitaLand China Holdings Pte Ltd (Beijing) from 2002 to 2009, and was the chief representative of The Ascott Limited (Beijing) from 2000 to 2002, a resident architect and project manager at Somerset Holdings Limited from 1996 to 1999, a senior designer at Nikken Sekkei International from 1994 to 1996, and a senior planner at Thailand’s Saha Group from 1993 to 1994. Dr. Mao has also been the founder and chairman of 5Lmeet, a lifestyle innovation company based in Beijing since 2015. He is a Chartered Architect in China and serves as visiting professor in multiple universities and an expert consultant of the Beijing Municipal People’s Government. Dr. Mao received a bachelor’s degree in architecture from Southeast University in 1991 and a Ph.D. degree in management science and engineering from Tongji University in 2002. He also completed a post-doctoral program in regional economics at Peking University in 2006. We believe that Mr. Mao is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his transaction and management experience.

Xuefei Xiao has served as our Chief Executive Officer since March 2021. Since 2017, Ms. Xiao has worked in the legal department of Ucommune International Ltd, and currently serves as the head of the legal department. Prior to working at Ucommune International Ltd, Ms. Xiao served as legal counsel of Chengtong Human Resource Company Ltd. from July 2009 to July 2017, specializing in labor law. Ms. Xiao obtained a Bachelor of Economic Law from Northwest University of Political Science and Law in 2006 and a master’s degree in international law from University of International Business and Economics in 2008. Ms. Xiao has passed the PRC legal professional qualification examination.

Siyuan Wang has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 2021. Since November 2018, Mr. Wang has worked at Ucommune International Ltd, currently serving as the financial controller. He has served as the chief financial officer at Ucommune International Ltd since June 2021. He worked in the audit and assurance function at Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu LLC, Chicago office, from 2012 to 2018. Mr. Wang has a strong background in accounting and finance and is familiar with U.S. GAAP and financial reporting. He graduated from the University of Idaho in 2009 with a Bachelor of Science in Accounting and Finance, and received a Master of Science in Accounting from Michigan State University in 2012. Mr. Wang has been an American Certified Public Accountant (AICPA) since September 2014.

Zhuangkun He will serve as our Director upon the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus forms a part. He co-founded Ucommune International Ltd in 2015 and served as Chief Executive Officer of Ucommune International Ltd from November 2020 to June 2021. Prior to founding Ucommune International Ltd, Mr. He was a practicing lawyer for more than ten years and he served as partner in Liuhe Jinzheng Law Firm from 2003 to 2015. He received a master’s degree in law from University of International Business and Economics in 2008 and a bachelor’s degree in engineering from Zhengzhou Engineering College (currently known as Zhengzhou University) in 1995. We believe that Mr. He is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his expertise in law and his transaction expertise.

79

Table of Contents

Wenbing Chris Wang will serve as our Director upon the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus forms a part. He has been the senior vice president of finance of SPI Energy Co., Ltd (Nasdaq: SPI) and chief financial officer of Phoenix Motorcars, SPI’s wholly owned subsidiary since November 2020. Mr. Wang is currently a board member of IT Tech Packaging, Inc. (NYSE American: ITP) and Dragon Victory International Ltd (Nasdaq: LYL), starting from October 2009 and December 2017 respectively. Mr. Wang has also been a board member of Building DreamStar Technology Inc. since November 2020 and Redwood Group International since February 2017. Prior to serving at SPI, Mr. Wang served as the chief executive officer of Redwood Group International, a Hong Kong-based merchant bank focused on Greater-China growth and venture opportunities, from February 2017 to November 2020, and a partner with SAIF Xinhuihuang Asset Management Co., Ltd. from December 2018 to March 2020. Mr. Wang previously served as the president of Fushi Copperweld, Inc. (“Fushi”) from 2009 to 2016 and the chief financial officer of Fushi from 2005 to 2010. At Fushi, Mr. Wang led the company’s public listing on the Nasdaq in 2007, $290 million in total equity and debt financing from 2005 to 2012, and its $345 million privatization transaction in 2012. Mr. Wang also led Fushi’s acquisition of Copperweld Bimetallics in 2007 and its asset purchase transaction of the CommScope BiMetals business in 2014. Prior to that, Mr. Wang worked as a director for Cornerstone China Opportunities Fund in 2005 and as vice president/assistant portfolio manager of a family office investment firm from 2002 to 2004. Mr. Wang was an associate at CSFB China in 2001, and an analyst at VCChina in 1999. Prior to that, Mr. Wang worked for China National Corporation for Overseas Economic Cooperation (now part of Genertec Group) from 1994 to 1999. Mr. Wang obtained a bachelor’s degree in English from the University of Science and Technology Beijing in 1994 and a Master of Business Administration (MBA) degree in Finance and Corporate Accounting from the University of Rochester in 2002. We believe that Mr. Wang is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his expertise in finance and his transaction expertise.

Albert Lyu will serve as our Director upon the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus forms a part. Mr. Lyu has also served as a chief financial officer of Jump World Holding Limited since February 2018. He served as director of Tottenham Acquisition I Ltd and the chairman of its audit committee from August 2018 to December 2020. He has more than 17 years of experience in finance and accounting. Mr. Lyu served as chief financial officer of China Lending Corporation (Nasdaq: CLDC) from January 2017 until July 2017. Mr. Lyu served in the assurance department of a first tier international accounting firm over the past eleven years. He began his career at Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu LLC in December 2005 as an associate, left Deloitte in April 2009, and was a director at Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP till June 2016. Mr. Lyu is a member of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants. Mr. Lyu obtained a Master of Business Studies degree in 2005 from Liverpool Business School at Liverpool John Moores University in the United Kingdom, and a Bachelor of Arts in Accounting degree with honors from Beijing Institute of Fashion Technology in 2003. We believe that Mr. Lyu is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his expertise in finance and accounting and his transaction expertise.

Qingyou Guan will serve as our Director upon the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus forms a part. As an economist, Mr. Guan has served as dean of the Institute of Finance and a professor of the School of Economics of Hainan University since July 2020. Mr Guan is also the vice chairman of the China Private Economic Research Association, the chief economist of the Zhongguancun Equity Investment Association and the Guangdong Venture Capital Association. From November 2012 to October 2017, Mr. Guan worked as vice president of Minsheng Securities. Prior to working at Mingsheng, Mr. Guan worked at the School of Public Administration of Tsinghua University and China National Offshore Oil Corporation. Mr. Guan has served as an independent director of Midea Group since September 2018 and Hikvision since March 2021. Mr. Guan obtained a bachelor’s degree in public finance from Shandong University in 2001, a master’s degree in public finance from Shanghai Academy of Social Sciences in 2004 and a doctoral degree in world economic from Chinese Academy of Social Sciences in 2007. We believe that Mr. Guan is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his expertise in finance and his transaction expertise.

Executive Officer and Director Compensation

None of our officers or directors have received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on the date that our securities are first listed on Nasdaq through the earlier of consummation of our initial business combination and our liquidation, we will pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. Our sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates.

80

Table of Contents

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company. All the these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers will be determined by a compensation committee constituted solely of independent directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although some or all of our executive officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after the initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

Director Independence

Nasdaq requires that a majority of our board must be composed of “independent directors.” Currently, Wenbing Chris Wang, Albert Lyu and Qingyou Guan would each be considered an “independent director” under the Nasdaq listing rules, which is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship, which, in the opinion of the company’s board of directors would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

We will only enter into a business combination if it is approved by a majority of our independent directors. In addition, we will only enter into transactions with our officers and directors and their respective affiliates that are on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from independent parties. Any related-party transactions must also be approved by our audit committee and a majority of disinterested independent directors.

Audit Committee

Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have three members of the audit committee all of whom must be independent. Effective as of the date of this prospectus, we have established an audit committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Wenbing Chris Wang, Albert Lyu and Qingyou Guan, each of whom is an independent director under Nasdaq’s listing standards.

Albert Lyu is the Chairperson of the audit committee. The audit committee’s duties, which are specified in our Audit Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

•        reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor the annual audited financial statements, and recommending to the board whether the audited financial statements should be included in our Form 10-K;

•        discussing with management and the independent auditor significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of our financial statements;

•        discussing with management major risk assessment and risk management policies;

•        monitoring the independence of the independent auditor;

•        verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;

•        reviewing and approving all related-party transactions;

•        inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

81

Table of Contents

•        pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditor, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;

•        appointing or replacing the independent auditor;

•        determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

•        establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies; and

•        approving reimbursement of expenses incurred by our management team in identifying potential target businesses.

Financial Experts on Audit Committee

The audit committee will at all times be composed exclusively of “independent directors” who are “financially literate” as defined under Nasdaq listing standards. Nasdaq listing standards define “financially literate” as being able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a company’s balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement.

In addition, we must certify to Nasdaq that the committee has, and will continue to have, at least one member who has past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or other comparable experience or background that results in the individual’s financial sophistication. The board of directors has determined that Albert Lyu qualified as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under rules and regulations of the SEC.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Effective as of the date of this prospectus, we have established a nominating and corporate governance committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Wenbing Chris Wang, Albert Lyu and Qingyou Guan, each of whom is an independent director under Nasdaq’s listing standards.

Qingyou Guan is the Chairperson of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serve on our board of directors. The nominating and corporate governance committee considers persons identified by its members, management, shareholders, investment bankers and others.

Guidelines for Selecting Director Nominees

The guidelines for selecting nominees, which are specified in the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter, generally provide that persons to be nominated:

•        should have demonstrated notable or significant achievements in business, education or public service;

•        should possess the requisite intelligence, education and experience to make a significant contribution to the board of directors and bring a range of skills, diverse perspectives and backgrounds to its deliberations; and

•        should have the highest ethical standards, a strong sense of professionalism and intense dedication to serving the interests of the shareholders.

The nominating and corporate governance committee will consider a number of qualifications relating to management and leadership experience, background and integrity and professionalism in evaluating a person’s candidacy for membership on the board of directors. The nominating and corporate governance committee may require certain skills or attributes, such as financial or accounting experience, to meet specific board needs that arise from time to time and will also consider the overall experience and makeup of its members to obtain a broad and diverse mix of board members.

82

Table of Contents

The board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our shareholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of shareholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of shareholders). Our shareholders that wish to nominate a director for election to the Board should follow the procedures set forth in our memorandum and articles of association. The nominating and corporate governance committee does not distinguish among nominees recommended by shareholders and other persons.

Compensation Committee

Effective as of the date of this prospectus, we will establish a compensation committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Wenbing Chris Wang, Albert Lyu and Qingyou Guan, each of whom is an independent director under Nasdaq’s listing standards.

Wenbing Chris Wang is the Chairperson of the compensation committee. The compensation committee’s duties, which are specified in our Compensation Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

•        reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer’s based on such evaluation;

•        reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other executive officers;

•        reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

•        implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

•        assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

•        approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

•        if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

•        reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as indicated above, no compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, will be paid to any of our existing shareholders, including our directors or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination. Accordingly, it is likely that prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, the compensation committee will only be responsible for the review and recommendation of any compensation arrangements to be entered into in connection with such initial business combination.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Upon consummation of this offering, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our executive officers, directors and employees. The code of business conduct and ethics codifies the business and ethical principles that govern all aspects of our business.

Conflicts of Interest

Potential investors should be aware of the following potential conflicts of interest:

•        None of our officers and directors is required to commit their full time to our affairs and, accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities.

•        In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to our company as well as the other

83

Table of Contents

entities with which they are affiliated. Our management has pre-existing fiduciary duties and contractual obligations and may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

•        Our officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with entities, including other blank check companies, engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by our company.

•        The insider shares owned by our officers and directors will be released from lock-up only if a business combination is successfully completed and subject to certain other limitations. In addition, our officers and directors will not receive distributions from the trust account with respect to any of their insider shares if we do not complete a business combination. Furthermore, our initial shareholders have agreed that the private units will not be sold or transferred by them until after we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our officers and directors may loan funds to us after this offering and may be owed reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with certain activities on our behalf which would only be repaid if we complete an initial business combination. For the foregoing reasons, the personal and financial interests of our directors and executive officers may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, completing a business combination in a timely manner and securing the release of their shares.

Under Cayman Islands law, directors owe the following fiduciary duties:

(i)     duty to act in good faith in what the director believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;

(ii)    duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;

(iii)   directors should not improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

(iv)   duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and

(v)    duty to exercise independent judgment.

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge skill and experience which that director has.

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. In addition, conflicts of interest may arise when our board evaluates a particular business opportunity with respect to the above-listed criteria. We cannot assure you that any of the above mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

Furthermore, most of our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary obligations to other businesses of which they are officers or directors. To the extent they identify business opportunities which may be suitable for the entities to which they owe pre-existing fiduciary obligations, our officers and directors will honor those fiduciary obligations. Accordingly, they may not present opportunities to us that otherwise may be attractive to us unless the entities to which they owe pre-existing fiduciary obligations and any successors to such entities have declined to accept such opportunities.

84

Table of Contents

In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple corporate affiliations, each of our officers and directors has contractually agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, until the earliest of a business combination, our liquidation or such time as he ceases to be an officer or director, to present to our company for our consideration, prior to presentation to any other entity, any suitable business opportunity which may reasonably be required to be presented to us, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations he might have. See “Risk Factors — Risks Associated with Our Business — Our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented” and “Risk Factors — Risks Associated with Our Business — We may have conflicts of interest with Ucommune International Ltd and Daqing Mao and, because of the ownership interest of Ucommune International Ltd, and ultimately Daqing Mao, in our company, we may not be able to resolve such conflicts on terms favorable to us.”

In connection with the vote required for any business combination, all of our existing shareholders, including all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote their respective insider shares and private shares in favor of any proposed business combination. In addition, they have agreed to waive their respective rights to participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to those ordinary shares acquired by them prior to this offering. If they purchase ordinary shares in this offering or in the open market, however, they would be entitled to participate in any liquidation distribution in respect of such shares but have agreed not to convert such shares (or sell their shares in any tender offer) in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination or an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to pre-business combination activity.

All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions will require prior approval by our audit committee and a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors, or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our audit committee and a majority of our disinterested “independent” directors determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.

To further minimize conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate our initial business combination with an entity affiliated with any of our officers, directors or initial shareholders, unless we have obtained:

•        an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view, and

•        the approval of a majority of our disinterested and independent directors (if we have any at that time).

Furthermore, in no event will any of our initial shareholders, officers, directors, special advisors or their respective affiliates be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other similar compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of our initial business combination, except that we will pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, subject to certain limitations, the company shall indemnify its directors and officers against all expenses, including legal fees, and against all judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection with legal, administrative or investigative proceedings. Such indemnity only applies if the person acted honestly and in good faith with a view to what the person believes is in the best interests of the company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, the person had no reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was unlawful.

85

Table of Contents

The decision of the directors as to whether the person acted honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the company and as to whether the person had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful and is, in the absence of fraud, sufficient for the purposes of the memorandum and articles of association, unless a question of law is involved. The termination of any proceedings by any judgment, order, settlement, conviction or the entering of a nolle prosequi does not, by itself, create a presumption that the person did not act honestly and in good faith and with a view to the best interests of the company or that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

We will enter into agreements with our officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association also will permit us to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any officer or director who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a director or officer of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in that capacity, whether or not the company has or would have had the power to indemnify the person against the liability as provided in the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. We will purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

These provisions may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is theretofore unenforceable.

86

Table of Contents

Principal Shareholders

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our ordinary shares included in the units offered by this prospectus (assuming none of the individuals listed purchase units in this offering), by:

•        each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares;

•        each of our officers and directors; and

•        all of our officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules and includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Unless otherwise indicated, we believe, based on the information furnished to it, that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record of beneficial ownership of any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of rights as the rights are not convertible within sixty days of the date of this prospectus.

The calculations in the table below are based on, on as-converted basis:

•        1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, and

•        6,547,250 ordinary shares issued and outstanding, comprising 5,297,250 Class A ordinary shares (including 5,000,000 Class A ordinary shares underlying the units offered in this offering) and 1,250,000 Class B ordinary shares, immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriters and forfeiture of an aggregate of 187,500 Class B ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders.

Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as set forth in this prospectus and in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. The Class A ordinary shareholders and Class B ordinary shareholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders and vote together as a single class, except as required by law; provided, that holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to elect all of our directors prior to our initial business combination and holders of our Class A ordinary shares will not be entitled to vote on the election of directors during such time.

 

Prior to Offering

 

After Offering(2)

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)

 

Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership

 

Approximate Percentage of Outstanding Ordinary Shares

 

Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership

 

Approximate Percentage of Outstanding Ordinary Shares

Executive Officers and Directors

       

 

       

 

Daqing Mao(3)

 

1,367,500

 

95.1

%

 

1,452,250

 

22.2

%

Xuefei Xiao

 

*

 

*

%

 

*

 

*

%

Siyuan Wang

 

*

 

*

%

 

*

 

*

%

Zhuangkun He

 

*

 

*

%

 

*

 

*

%

Wenbing Chris Wang

 

*

 

*

%

 

*

 

*

%

Albert Lyu

 

*

 

*

%

 

*

 

*

%

Qingyou Guan

 

*

 

*

%

 

*

 

*

%

All directors and executive officers (seven individuals) as a group

 

1,437,500

 

100.0

%

 

1,522,250

 

23.3

%

5% or Greater Holders

       

 

       

 

Ucommune Talent Limited (our sponsor)(3)

 

1,367,500

 

95.1

%

 

1,452,250

 

22.2

%

All directors and executive officers (seven individuals) and other initial shareholders as a group

 

1,437,500

 

100.0

%

 

1,522,250

 

23.3

%

____________

*        Less than 1%.

87

Table of Contents

(1)      Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals is c/o UK Wisdom Limited, Floor 8, Tower D, No. 2 Guang Hua Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, People’s Republic of China. The business address of Wenbing Chris Wang is 401 S. Doubleday Avenue, Ontario, CA 91761.

(2)      Assumes no exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, an aggregate of 187,500 Class B ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders are forfeited.

(3)      Immediately prior to this offering, represents 100% of our ordinary shares held by Ucommune Talent Limited, our sponsor, which is 15% held by Mr. Mao and 85% indirectly held by Ucommune International Ltd (Nasdaq: UK), an exempted company incorporated in Cayman Islands with limited liability. As of the date of this prospectus, Mr. Mao, our founder, and his spouse, Angela Bai, together hold approximately 65.1% of the voting power, through his ownership of dual-class shares, of Ucommune International Ltd and is a director of Ucommune International Ltd. Beneficial ownership of Ucommune Talent Limited immediately after this offering also includes the 272,250 Class A ordinary shares underlying the 272,250 units which Ucommune Talent Limited agrees to purchase in a private placement that will occur immediately prior to this offering. Mr. Mao may be deemed to beneficially own our ordinary shares held by Ucommune Talent Limited. The business address of Ucommune Talent Limited and Ucommune International Ltd is Floor 8, Tower D, No. 2 Guang Hua Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, People’s Republic of China.

Immediately after this offering, our initial shareholders will beneficially own approximately 23.3% of the then issued and outstanding ordinary shares (assuming none of them purchase any units offered by this prospectus). None of our initial shareholders, officers and directors has indicated to us that he intends to purchase securities in this offering. Because of the ownership block held by our initial shareholders, such individuals may be able to effectively exercise control over all matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions other than approval of our initial business combination.

If the underwriters do not exercise all or a portion of the over-allotment option, our initial shareholders will have up to an aggregate of 187,500 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture. Our initial shareholders will be required to have redeemed by us only a number of shares necessary to maintain their collective 20.0% ownership interest in our ordinary shares (excluding the private placements) after giving effect to the offering and the exercise, if any, of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Our initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the insider shares (except to certain permitted transferees):

•        until the earlier of 180 days after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination or the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction after our initial business combination that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the last sale price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period 150 days after our initial business combination, the insider shares will be released.

Up to 187,500 of the insider shares may also be released earlier than this date for forfeiture and cancellation if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full as described above.

During the lock-up period, the holders of the insider shares will not be able to sell or transfer their securities except:

•        for transfers to our pre-IPO shareholders, officers, directors, advisors, employees or their respective affiliates (including for transfers to an entity’s members upon its liquidation),

•        transfers to the sponsor’s affiliates or its members upon its liquidation,

•        to relatives and trusts for estate planning purposes,

•        by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death,

•        pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order,

•        by certain pledges to secure obligations incurred in connection with purchases of our securities,

•        by private sales made at or prior to the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares were originally purchased, or

88

Table of Contents

•        to us for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination, in each case (except for the immediately preceding bullet point) where the transferee agrees to be bound by the terms of the written letter agreements, but will retain all other rights as our shareholders, including, without limitation, the right to vote their ordinary shares and the right to receive cash dividends, if declared.

Our sponsor has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 272,250 private units (or 294,750 units if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) at $10.00 per private unit (for a total purchase price of $2,722,500, or $2,947,500 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in the trust account described below.

The private units are identical to the units sold in this offering except as described in this prospectus.

Furthermore, our sponsor has agreed:

•        to vote the Class A ordinary shares underlying the private units, or “private shares,” in favor of any proposed business combination,

•        not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would stop our public shareholders from converting or selling their shares to us in connection with a business combination or affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 12 months (or 21 months if we have extended the period of time as described in this prospectus) from the closing of this offering unless we provide public shareholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares in connection with any such vote,

•        not to convert any private shares for cash from the trust account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity, and

•        that the private shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated.

The purchasers of the private units have also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private units or underlying securities (except to the same permitted transferees as the insider shares) until the completion of our initial business combination.

See also “Prospectus Summary — Private Placements” for more details.”

In order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering, our initial shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note.

The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,150,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into private units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued units to acquire 126,500 Class A ordinary shares (which includes 11,500 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of rights) if $1,150,000 of notes were so converted). Our shareholders have approved the issuance of the units and underlying securities upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination. If we do not complete a business combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the trust account, and only to the extent available.

Our sponsor and our executive officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoters,” as that term is defined under the Federal securities laws. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for additional information regarding our relationships with our promoters.

89

Table of Contents

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

In March 30, 2021, we issued an aggregate of 1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares to our sponsor, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as the “insider shares,” for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.017 per share. On March 30, 2021, our sponsor transferred an aggregate of 70,000 insider shares to our officers and directors, which shares will not be subject to forfeiture in the event the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised.

If the underwriters do not exercise all or a portion of their over-allotment option, our sponsor has agreed that up to an aggregate of 187,500 Class B ordinary shares in proportion to the portion of the over-allotment option that was not exercised are subject to forfeiture and would be immediately cancelled.

If the underwriters determine the size of the offering should be increased (including pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act) or decreased, a share capitalizations or a contribution back to capital, as applicable, would be effectuated in order to maintain our initial shareholder’s ownership at a percentage of the number of shares to be sold in this offering.

Our sponsor has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 272,250 private units at $10.00 per private unit (for a total purchase price of $2,722,500), or 294,750 private units if the over-allotment option is exercised in full (for a total purchase price of $2,947,500). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in the trust account described below.

The private units are identical to the units sold in this offering except as otherwise described in this prospectus. The purchasers have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private units or the underlying securities (except to the same permitted transferees as the insider shares) until the completion of our initial business combination.

In order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering, our initial shareholders, officers and directors and their respective affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note.

The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,150,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into private units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued units to acquire 126,500 Class A ordinary shares (which includes 11,500 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of rights) if $1,150,000 of notes were so converted). Our shareholders have approved the issuance of the units and underlying securities upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination. If we do not complete a business combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the trust account, and only to the extent available.

The holders of our insider shares issued and outstanding on the date of this prospectus, as well as the holders of the private units (and all underlying securities) and any securities our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates may be issued in payment of working capital loans or loans to extend our life made to us, will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. The holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands that we register such securities.

The holders of the majority of the insider shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these ordinary shares are to be released from lock-up. The holders of a majority of the private units or securities issued in payment of working capital loans or loans to extend our life made to us can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after we consummate a business combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our consummation of a business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

As of the date of this prospectus, our sponsor has agreed to loan us up to $300,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. As of March 30, 2021, we had borrowed nil under the promissory note with our sponsor. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and are due at the earlier of December 31, 2021 or the closing of

90

Table of Contents

this offering. The loans will be repaid upon the closing of this offering out of the offering proceeds not held in the trust account. The value of our sponsor’s interest in this transaction corresponds to the principal amount issued and outstanding under any such loan.

We have agreed to pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services. However, pursuant to the terms of such agreement, we may delay payment of such monthly fee upon a determination by our audit committee that we lack sufficient funds held outside the trust to pay actual or anticipated expenses in connection with our initial business combination. Any such unpaid amount will accrue without interest and be due and payable no later than the date of the consummation of our initial business combination. We believe that such fees are at least as favorable as we could have obtained from an unaffiliated person.

Other than the fees described above, no compensation or fees of any kind, including finder’s fees, consulting fees or other similar compensation, will be paid to any of our initial shareholders, officers or directors who owned our ordinary shares prior to this offering, or to any of their respective affiliates, prior to or with respect to the business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is).

We will reimburse our officers and directors for any reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf such as identifying and investigating possible target businesses and business combinations.

There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the trust account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate an initial business combination. Our audit committee will review and approve all reimbursements and payments made to any initial shareholder or member of our management team, or our or their respective affiliates, and any reimbursements and payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our board of directors, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.

All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions, including the payment of any compensation, will require prior approval by a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors (to the extent we have any) or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our disinterested “independent” directors (or, if there are no “independent” directors, our disinterested directors) determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.

Related Party Policy

Our code of business conduct and ethics, which we will adopt upon consummation of this offering, will require us to avoid, wherever possible, all related party transactions that could result in actual or potential conflicts of interests, except under guidelines approved by the board of directors (or the audit committee). Related-party transactions are defined as transactions in which:

•        the aggregate amount involved will or may be expected to exceed $120,000 in any calendar year,

•        we or any of our subsidiaries is a participant, and

•        any:

•        executive officer, director or nominee for election as a director,

•        greater than 5% beneficial owner of our ordinary shares, or

•        immediate family member, of the persons referred to in the two bullet points above, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest (other than solely as a result of being a director or a less than 10% beneficial owner of another entity).

91

Table of Contents

A conflict of interest situation can arise when a person takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest may also arise if a person, or a member of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position. We also require each of our directors and executive officers to annually complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions.

Our audit committee, pursuant to its written charter, will be responsible for reviewing and approving related-party transactions to the extent we enter into such transactions. All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions will require prior approval by our audit committee and a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors, or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel.

We will not enter into any such transaction unless our audit committee and a majority of our disinterested “independent” directors determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties. In addition, we require each of our directors and executive officers to complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions.

These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director, employee or officer.

To minimize potential conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate a business combination with an entity which is affiliated with any of our initial shareholders unless we obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view. Furthermore, in no event will any of our existing officers, directors or initial shareholders, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination.

92

Table of Contents

Description of Securities

General

We are a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and our affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act and the common law of the Cayman Islands. We are currently authorized to issue 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.0001 per share, 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.0001 per share and 1,000,000 preference shares of a par value of US$0.0001 per share. As of the date of this prospectus, 1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares are issued and outstanding, held by our initial shareholders.

No preferred shares are issued or outstanding or authorized by the Company’s constitutional documents. The following description summarizes certain terms of our shares as set out more particularly in our memorandum and articles of association. Because it is only a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you.

Units

Each unit consists of one Class A ordinary share and one right. Each right entitles the holder thereof to receive one-tenth (1/10) of a Class A ordinary share upon consummation of our initial business combination. In addition, we will not issue fractional shares in connection with an exchange of rights. Fractional shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Cayman Islands Law. As a result, you must hold rights in multiples of 10 in order to receive Class A ordinary shares for all of your rights upon closing of a business combination.

The units will begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The Class A ordinary shares and rights may begin to trade separately on the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus unless Maxim Group LLC determines that an earlier date is acceptable (based upon, among other things, its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization companies in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular). In no event will Maxim Group LLC allow separate trading of the Class A ordinary shares and rights until we file an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering and issuing a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin.

We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet promptly upon the consummation of this offering. The audited balance sheet will reflect proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if the over-allotment option is exercised on the date of this prospectus.

If the over-allotment option is exercised after the date of this prospectus, we will file an amendment to the Form 8-K, or a new Form 8-K, to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option. We will also include in this Form 8-K, an amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K information indicating when separate trading of the Class A ordinary shares and rights has commenced.

Ordinary Shares

Upon the closing of this offering, 6,547,250 ordinary shares will be issued and outstanding (assuming the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 187,500 Class B ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders have been forfeited as a result thereof), including:

•        5,000,000 Class A ordinary shares underlying the units being offered in this offering;

•        25,000 Representative’s Class A Ordinary Shares issued at the closing of this offering;

•        272,250 Class A ordinary shares underlying the private units; and

•        1,250,000 Class B ordinary shares held by the initial shareholders.

Our shareholders are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.

93

Table of Contents

The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the closing of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as provided in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a capitalization or share repurchase or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our insider shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in an amount as to maintain the number of insider shares at 20.0% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering (excluding the private placements).

If additional Class A ordinary shares, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts issued in this offering and related to the closing of our initial business combination, the ratio at which the Class B ordinary shares will convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such anti-dilution adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of all ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon the completion of this offering plus all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination, excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination. The term “equity-linked securities” refers to any debt or equity securities that are convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A ordinary shares issued in a financing transaction in connection with our initial business combination, including but not limited to a private placement of equity or debt.

Except as described below, Class A ordinary shareholders and Class B ordinary shareholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders and vote together as a single class, except as required by law. Unless specified in the Companies Act, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of our ordinary shares that are voted is required to approve any such matter voted on by our shareholders. Approval of certain actions will require a special resolution under Cayman Islands law and pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association; such actions include amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approving a statutory merger or consolidation with another company.

Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our insider shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of our public shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time.

Prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our insider shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. The provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the appointment or removal of directors prior to our initial business combination may only be amended by a special resolution passed by not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at our general meeting which shall include the affirmative vote of a simple majority of our Class B ordinary shares.

Because our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorize the issuance of up to 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, if we were to enter into a business combination, we may (depending on the terms of such a business combination) be required to increase the number of Class A ordinary shares which we are authorized to issue at the same time as our shareholders vote on the business combination to the extent we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination.

In accordance with Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. There is no requirement under the Companies Act for us to hold annual or extraordinary general meetings to appoint directors. We may not hold an annual general meeting prior to the consummation of our initial business combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of our proposed business combination or allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval.

94

Table of Contents

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable, expenses relating to the administration of the trust account and limited withdrawals for working capital), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.10 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters.

The redemption rights will include the requirement that a beneficial owner must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Our initial shareholders, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any insider shares and public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination or certain amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as described elsewhere in this prospectus. Permitted transferees of our initial shareholders, directors or officers will be subject to the same obligations.

Unlike some blank check companies that hold shareholder votes and conduct proxy solicitations in conjunction with their initial business combinations and provide for related redemptions of public shares for cash upon completion of such initial business combinations even when a vote is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, if a shareholder vote is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require these tender offer documents to contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules.

If, however, a shareholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other reasons, we will, like some blank check companies, offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we receive the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of ordinary shares who attend and vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting of the company. However, the participation of our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their respective affiliates in privately negotiated transactions (as described in this prospectus), if any, could result in the approval of our initial business combination even if a majority of our public shareholders vote, or indicate their intention to vote, against such business combination.

For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained. We intend to give not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior written notice of any such meeting, if required, at which a vote shall be taken to approve our initial business combination. These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our initial shareholders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the ordinary shares sold in this offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares,” without our prior consent. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination.

Our shareholders’ inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce their influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination, and such shareholders could suffer a material loss in their investment if they sell such Excess Shares on the open market. Additionally, such shareholders will not receive redemption distributions with

95

Table of Contents

respect to the Excess Shares if we complete the business combination. As a result, such shareholders will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose such shares would be required to sell their shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

In connection with any vote held to approve our initial business combination, if we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, all of our initial shareholders, as well as all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote their respective ordinary shares owned by them immediately prior to this offering and any shares purchased in this offering or following this offering in the open market in favor of the proposed business combination. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction.

We will proceed with the business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon consummation of such business combination and a majority of the ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination. At least five days’ notice must be given for each general meeting (although we will provide whatever minimum number of days are required under Federal securities laws). Shareholders may vote at meetings in person or by proxy.

The members of our board of directors serve until the next annual general meeting. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares eligible to vote for the election of directors can elect all of the directors. There are no share ownership qualifications for directors.

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if we do not consummate a business combination by 12 months from the consummation of this offering (or 21 months if we have extended the period of time as described in this prospectus), it will trigger our automatic winding up, liquidation and subsequent dissolution. Our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their rights to share in any distribution from the trust account with respect to their insider shares upon our winding up, liquidation and subsequent dissolution.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company after a business combination, our shareholders at such time are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of shares, if any, having preference over the ordinary shares.

Our shareholders have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to the ordinary shares, except that public shareholders have the right to have their public shares converted to cash equal to their pro rata share of the trust account if they vote on the proposed business combination and the business combination is completed.

Register of Members

Under Cayman Islands law, we must keep a register of members and there will be entered therein:

•        the names and addresses of the members, together with a statement of the shares held by each member and such statement shall confirm (i) the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid on the shares of each member, (ii) the number and category of shares held by each member, and (iii) whether each relevant category of shares held by a member carries voting rights under the articles of association of the company, and if so, whether such voting rights are conditional;

•        the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a member; and

•        the date on which any person ceased to be a member.

Under Cayman Islands law, the register of members of our company is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (i.e., the register of members will raise a presumption of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a member registered in the register of members will be deemed as a matter of Cayman Islands law to have legal title to the shares as set against its name in the register of members. Upon the closing of this public offering, the register of members will be immediately updated to reflect the issue of shares by us. Once our register of members has been updated, the shareholders recorded in the register of members will be deemed to have legal title to the shares set against their name.

96

Table of Contents

However, in certain limited circumstances, an application may be made to a Cayman Islands court for a determination on whether the register of members reflects the correct legal position. Furthermore, the Cayman Islands court has the power to order that the register of members maintained by a company should be rectified where it considers that the register of members does not reflect the correct legal position. If an application for an order for rectification of the register of members were made in respect of our ordinary shares, then the validity of such shares may be subject to re-examination by a Cayman Islands court.

Preferred Shares

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorize 1,000,000 preferred shares and provide that preferred shares may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Our board of directors will be authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. Our board of directors will be able to, without shareholder approval, issue preferred shares with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the ordinary shares and could have anti-takeover effects.

The ability of our board of directors to issue preferred shares without shareholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us or the removal of existing management. We have no preferred shares issued and outstanding at the date of this prospectus. Although we do not currently intend to issue any preferred shares, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future. No preferred shares are being issued or registered in this offering.

Rights

No rights are outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. Except in cases where we are not the surviving company in a business combination, each holder of a right will automatically receive one-tenth (1/10) of a Class A ordinary share upon consummation of our initial business combination, even if the holder of a public right converted all Class A ordinary shares held by him, her or it in connection with the initial business combination or an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to our pre-business combination activities.

In the event we will not be the surviving company upon completion of our initial business combination, each holder of a right will be required to affirmatively convert his, her or its rights in order to receive the one-tenth (1/10) of a Class A ordinary share underlying each right upon consummation of the business combination. More specifically, the Right holder will be required to indicate its election to convert the Rights into underlying shares as well as to return the original rights certificates to the Company.

No additional consideration will be required to be paid by a holder of rights in order to receive his, her or its additional Class A ordinary shares upon consummation of an initial business combination. The Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exchange of the rights will be freely tradable (except to the extent held by affiliates of ours). If we enter into a definitive agreement for a business combination in which we will not be the surviving entity, the definitive agreement will provide for the holders of rights to receive the same per share consideration the holders of the Class A ordinary shares will receive in the transaction on an as-converted into Class A ordinary shares basis.

We will not issue fractional shares in connection with an exchange of rights. Fractional shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Cayman Islands Law. As a result, you must hold rights in multiples of 10 in order to receive shares for all of your rights upon closing of a business combination.

If we do not complete an initial business combination within the required period and we liquidate the funds held in the trust account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds with respect to their rights, nor will they receive any distribution from our assets held outside of the trust account with respect to such rights, and the rights will expire worthless. Furthermore, there are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities to the holders of the rights upon consummation of an initial business combination. In addition, in no event will we be required to net cash settle the rights. Accordingly, the rights may expire worthless.

97

Table of Contents

Unit Purchase Option

We have agreed to sell to Maxim Group LLC an option for $100 to purchase up to a total of 250,000 units (or 287,500 units if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) at $11.50 per unit. The units issuable upon exercise of this option are identical to those offered by this prospectus, subject to compliance with FINRA Rule 5110. For a more complete description of the unit purchase option, see “Underwriting — Unit Purchase Option.”

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of a business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of a business combination. The payment of any dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our then board of directors. It is the present intention of our board of directors to retain all earnings, if any, for use in our business and, accordingly, our board does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future.

Our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any share capitalizations in the foreseeable future, except if we increase the size of the offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, in which case we will effect a share capitalizations immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in an amount as to maintain our initial shareholders’ ownership at 20.0% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering (excluding the private placements). Furthermore, if we incur any indebtedness, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

Our Transfer Agent and Rights Agent

The transfer agent for our ordinary shares and rights agent for our rights is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219.

Listing of our Securities

There is presently no public market for our units, ordinary shares or rights. Our units, and the Class A ordinary shares and rights once they begin separate trading, are expected to be listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “UKWIU,” “UKWI,” and “UKWIR,” respectively. Although, after giving effect to this offering, we meet on a pro forma basis the minimum initial listing standards of Nasdaq, which generally only requires that we meet certain requirements relating to shareholders’ equity, market capitalization, aggregate market value of publicly held shares and distribution requirements, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq as we might not meet certain continued listing standards.

98

Table of Contents

Cayman Islands Company Considerations

Cayman Islands companies are governed by the Companies Act. The Companies Act is modeled on English law but does not follow recent English law statutory enactments, and differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the material differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements

In certain circumstances, the Companies Act allows for mergers or consolidations between two Cayman Islands companies, or between a Cayman Islands company and a company incorporated in another jurisdiction (provided that is facilitated by the laws of that other jurisdiction).

Where the merger or consolidation is between two Cayman Islands companies, the directors of each company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation containing certain prescribed information. That plan or merger or consolidation must then be authorized by either:

•        a special resolution (at least two-thirds in value of the voting shares voted at a general meeting) of the shareholders of each company; or

•        such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association.

No shareholder resolution is required for a merger between a parent company (i.e., a company that owns at least 90% of the issued shares of each class in a subsidiary company) and its subsidiary company. The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest of a constituent company must be obtained, unless the court waives such requirement. If the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies is satisfied that the requirements of the Companies Act (which includes certain other formalities) have been complied with, the Registrar of Companies will register the plan of merger or consolidation.

Where the merger or consolidation involves a foreign company, the procedure is similar, save that with respect to the foreign company, the director of the Cayman Islands company is required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, he is of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met:

•        that the merger or consolidation is permitted or not prohibited by the constitutional documents of the foreign company and by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the foreign company is incorporated, and that those laws and any requirements of those constitutional documents have been or will be complied with;

•        that no petition or other similar proceeding has been filed and remains outstanding or order made or resolution adopted to wind up or liquidate the foreign company in any jurisdictions;

•        that no receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar person has been appointed in any jurisdiction and is acting in respect of the foreign company, its affairs or its property or any part thereof;

•        that no scheme, order, compromise or other similar arrangement has been entered into or made in any jurisdiction whereby the rights of creditors of the foreign company are and continue to be suspended or restricted.

Where the surviving company is the Cayman Islands company, the director of the Cayman Islands company is further required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, he is of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met:

•        that the foreign company is able to pay its debts as they fall due and that the merger or consolidated is bona fide and not intended to defraud unsecured creditors of the foreign company;

•        that in respect of the transfer of any security interest granted by the foreign company to the surviving or consolidated company (a) consent or approval to the transfer has been obtained, released or waived; (b) the transfer is permitted by and has been approved in accordance with the constitutional documents of the foreign company; and (c) the laws of the jurisdiction of the foreign company with respect to the transfer have been or will be complied with;

99

Table of Contents

•        that the foreign company will, upon the merger or consolidation becoming effective, cease to be incorporated, registered or exist under the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction; and

•        that there is no other reason why it would be against the public interest to permit the merger or consolidation.

Where the above procedures are adopted, the Companies Act provides for a right of dissenting shareholders to be paid a payment of the fair value of his shares upon their dissenting to the merger or consolidation if they follow a prescribed procedure. In essence, that procedure is as follows:

•        the shareholder must give his written objection to the merger or consolidation to the constituent company before the vote on the merger or consolidation, including a statement that the shareholder proposes to demand payment for his shares if the merger or consolidation is authorized by the vote;

•        within 20 days following the date on which the merger or consolidation is approved by the shareholders, the constituent company must give written notice to each shareholder who made a written objection;

•        a shareholder must within 20 days following receipt of such notice from the constituent company, give the constituent company a written notice of his intention to dissent including, among other details, a demand for payment of the fair value of his shares;

•        within seven days following the date of the expiration of the period set out in the second bullet point above or seven days following the date on which the plan of merger or consolidation is filed, whichever is later, the constituent company, the surviving company or the consolidated company must make a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase his shares at a price that the company determines is the fair value and if the company and the shareholder agree to the price within 30 days following the date on which the offer was made, the company must pay the shareholder such amount;

•        if the company and the shareholder fail to agree a price within such 30 day period, within 20 days following the date on which such 30 day period expires, the company (and any dissenting shareholder) must file a petition with the Cayman Islands Grand Court to determine the fair value and such petition must be accompanied by a list of the names and addresses of the dissenting shareholders with whom agreements as to the fair value of their shares have not been reached by the company.

At the hearing of that petition, the court has the power to determine the fair value of the shares together with a fair rate of interest, if any, to be paid by the company upon the amount determined to be the fair value. Any dissenting shareholder whose name appears on the list filed by the company may participate fully in all proceedings until the determination of fair value is reached. These rights of a dissenting shareholder are not be available in certain circumstances, for example, to dissenters holding shares of any class in respect of which an open market exists on a recognized stock exchange or recognized interdealer quotation system at the relevant date or where the consideration for such shares to be contributed are shares of any company listed on a national securities exchange or shares of the surviving or consolidated company.

Moreover, Cayman Islands law also has separate statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction or amalgamation of companies in certain circumstances. Schemes of arrangement will generally be more suited for complex mergers or other transactions involving widely held companies, commonly referred to in the Cayman Islands as a “scheme of arrangement,” which may be tantamount to a merger.

If a merger was sought pursuant to a scheme of arrangement (the procedure of which are more rigorous and take longer to complete than the procedures typically required to consummate a merger in the United States), the arrangement in question must be approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at an annual general meeting, or an extraordinary general meeting summoned for that purpose.

100

Table of Contents

The convening of the general meetings and subsequently the terms of the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder would have the right to express to the court the view that the transaction should not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it satisfies itself that:

•        we are not proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of our corporate authority and the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied with;

•        the shareholders have been fairly represented at the general meeting in question;

•        the arrangement is such as a businessman would reasonably approve; and

•        the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Act or that would amount to a “fraud on the minority.”

If a scheme of arrangement or takeover offer (as described below) is approved, any dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of United States corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Squeeze-out Provisions

When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares to whom the offer is made within four months, the offer or may, within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders. Furthermore, transactions similar to a merger, reconstruction and/or an amalgamation may in some circumstances be achieved through other means to these statutory provisions, such as a share capital exchange, asset acquisition or control, through contractual arrangements, of an operating business.

Shareholders’ Suits

Our Cayman Islands counsel is not aware of any reported class action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court. Derivative actions have been brought in the Cayman Islands courts, and the Cayman Islands courts have confirmed the availability for such actions. In most cases, we will be the proper plaintiff in any claim based on a breach of duty owed to us, and a claim against (for example) our officers or directors usually may not be brought by a shareholder. However, based both on Cayman Islands authorities and on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority and be applied by a court in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:

•        a company is acting, or proposing to act, illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

•        the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained; or

•        those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

A shareholder may have a direct right of action against us where the individual rights of that shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed.

Enforcement of civil liabilities

The Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States and may provide less protection to investors. Additionally, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the Federal courts of the United States.

101

Table of Contents

We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands would:

•        recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; or

•        entertain original actions brought in the Cayman Islands predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state.

In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction at common law without re-examination on the merits of the underlying dispute provided that such judgment:

•        is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction;

•        imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given is final;

•        is not in the nature of taxes, a fine, or a penalty; and

•        was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands.

However, there is uncertainty with regard to Cayman Islands law on whether judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any State will be determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands penal or punitive in nature. If such a determination is made, the courts of the Cayman Islands will not recognize or enforce the judgment against a Cayman Islands company, such as our company. Because such a determination in relation to judgments obtained from U.S. courts under civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws has not yet been made by a court of the Cayman Islands, it is uncertain whether such judgments would be enforceable in the Cayman Islands. A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

Special Considerations for Exempted Companies

We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act. The Companies Act distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

•        annual reporting requirements are minimal and consist mainly of a statement that the company has conducted its operations mainly outside of the Cayman Islands and has complied with the provisions of the Companies Act;

•        an exempted company’s register of members is not open to inspection;

•        an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

•        an exempted company may issue shares with no par value;

•        an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

•        an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

•        an exempted company may register as a limited duration company; and

•        an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company.

102

Table of Contents

AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association filed under the laws of the Cayman Islands contain provisions designed to provide certain rights and protections to our shareholders prior to the consummation of a business combination. The following are the material rights and protections contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:

•        the right of public shareholders to exercise redemption rights and have their public shares repurchased in lieu of participating in a proposed business combination (up to a maximum of 20.0% of the public shares sold in this offering);

•        a prohibition against completing a business combination unless we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 immediately prior to or upon consummation of such business combination;

•        a requirement that if we seek shareholder approval of any business combination, a majority of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares voted must be voted in favor of such business combination;

•        the separation of our board of directors into three classes and the establishment of related procedures regarding the standing and appointment of such directors;

•        a requirement that directors may call general meetings on their own accord and are required to call an extraordinary general meeting if holders of not less than 10% in par value of the issued shares request such a general meeting;

•        a requirement that our management take all actions necessary to liquidate our trust account in the event we do not consummate a business combination by 12 months from the consummation of this offering (or up to 21 months if we extend the time to consummate a business combination as described herein;

•        a prohibition, prior to a business combination, against our issuing (i) any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into ordinary shares or (ii) any other securities (including preference shares) which participate in or are otherwise entitled in any manner to any of the proceeds in the trust account or which vote as a class with the ordinary shares on a business combination; and

•        the limitation on shareholders’ rights to receive a portion of the trust account.

The Companies Act permits a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands to amend its memorandum and articles of association with the approval of a special resolution which requires the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of such company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting or by way of unanimous written resolution. A company’s articles of association may specify that the approval of a higher majority is required but, provided the approval of the required majority is obtained, any Cayman Islands company may amend its memorandum and articles of association regardless of whether its memorandum and articles of association provides otherwise.

Accordingly, although we could amend any of the provisions relating to our proposed offering, structure and business plan which are contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we view all of these provisions as binding obligations to our shareholders and neither we, nor our officers or directors, will take any action to amend or waive any of these provisions unless we provide public shareholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares in connection with any such vote. The foregoing is set forth in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and cannot be amended.

In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering, we are required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity, the identity of their beneficial owners/controllers and source of funds. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we may also delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.

103

Table of Contents

We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In some cases, the directors may be satisfied that no further information is required since an exemption applies under the Anti-Money Laundering Regulations (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, as amended and revised from time to time (the “Regulations”). Depending on the circumstances of each application, a detailed verification of identity might not be required where:

•        the subscriber makes the payment for their investment from an account held in the subscriber’s name at a recognized financial institution;

•        the subscriber is regulated by a recognized regulatory authority and is based or incorporated in, or formed under the law of, a recognized jurisdiction; or

•        the application is made through an intermediary which is regulated by a recognized regulatory authority and is based in or incorporated in, or formed under the law of a recognized jurisdiction and an assurance is provided in relation to the procedures undertaken on the underlying investors.

For the purposes of these exceptions, recognition of a financial institution, regulatory authority or jurisdiction will be determined in accordance with the Regulations by reference to those jurisdictions recognized by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority as having equivalent anti-money laundering regulations.

In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.

We also reserve the right to refuse to make any payment to a shareholder if our directors or officers suspect or are advised that the payment to such shareholder may be non-compliant with applicable anti-money laundering or other laws or regulations, or if such refusal is considered necessary or appropriate to ensure our compliance with any such laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction.

If any person resident in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or is involved with terrorism or terrorist property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of business in the regulated sector, or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to:

•        the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering, or

•        a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or the Financial Reporting Authority, pursuant to the Terrorism (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property. Such a report will not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING — CAYMAN ISLANDS

If any person in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or money laundering or is involved with terrorism or terrorist financing and property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of business in the regulated sector, or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to:

•        the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering, or

•        a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or the Financial Reporting Authority, pursuant to the Terrorism Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands, if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property.

Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

104

Table of Contents

DATA PROTECTION — CAYMAN ISLANDS

We have certain duties under the Data Protection Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands (the “DPA”) based on internationally accepted principles of data privacy.

Privacy Notice

Introduction

This privacy notice puts our shareholders on notice that through your investment in the Company you will provide us with certain personal information which constitutes personal data within the meaning of the DPA (“personal data”).

In the following discussion, the “Company” refers to us and our affiliates and/or delegates, except where the context requires otherwise.

Investor Data

We will collect, use, disclose, retain and secure personal data to the extent reasonably required only and within the parameters that could be reasonably expected during the normal course of business. We will only process, disclose, transfer or retain personal data to the extent legitimately required to conduct our activities of on an ongoing basis or to comply with legal and regulatory obligations to which we are subject. We will only transfer personal data in accordance with the requirements of the DPA, and will apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of the personal data and against the accidental loss, destruction or damage to the personal data.

In our use of this personal data, we will be characterized as a “data controller” for the purposes of the DPA, while our affiliates and service providers who may receive this personal data from us in the conduct of our activities may either act as our “data processors” for the purposes of the DPA or may process personal information for their own lawful purposes in connection with services provided to us.

We may also obtain personal data from other public sources. Personal data includes, without limitation, the following information relating to a shareholder and/or any individuals connected with a shareholder as an investor: name, residential address, email address, contact details, corporate contact information, signature, nationality, place of birth, date of birth, tax identification, credit history, correspondence records, passport number, bank account details, source of funds details and details relating to the shareholder’s investment activity.

Who this Affects

If you are a natural person, this will affect you directly. If you are a corporate investor (including, for these purposes, legal arrangements such as trusts or exempted limited partnerships) that provides us with personal data on individuals connected to you for any reason in relation your investment in the Company, this will be relevant for those individuals and you should transmit the content of this Privacy Notice to such individuals or otherwise advise them of its content.

How the Company May Use a Shareholder’s Personal Data

The Company, as the data controller, may collect, store and use personal data for lawful purposes, including, in particular:

•        where this is necessary for the performance of our rights and obligations under any purchase agreements;

•        where this is necessary for compliance with a legal and regulatory obligation to which we are subject (such as compliance with anti-money laundering and FATCA/CRS requirements); and/or

•        where this is necessary for the purposes of our legitimate interests and such interests are not overridden by your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms.

Should we wish to use personal data for other specific purposes (including, if applicable, any purpose that requires your consent), we will contact you.

105

Table of Contents

Why We May Transfer Your Personal Data

In certain circumstances we may be legally obliged to share personal data and other information with respect to your shareholding with the relevant regulatory authorities such as the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority or the Tax Information Authority. They, in turn, may exchange this information with foreign authorities, including tax authorities.

We anticipates disclosing personal data to persons who provide services to us and their respective affiliates (which may include certain entities located outside the United States, the Cayman Islands or the European Economic Area), who will process your personal data on our behalf.

The Data Protection Measures We Take

Any transfer of personal data by us or our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates outside of the Cayman Islands shall be in accordance with the requirements of the DPA.

We and our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates shall apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of personal data, and against accidental loss or destruction of, or damage to, personal data.

We shall notify you of any personal data breach that is reasonably likely to result in a risk to your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms or those data subjects to whom the relevant personal data relates.

106

Table of Contents

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

Immediately after this offering, we will have 6,547,250 ordinary shares issued and outstanding, or 7,511,000 shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full. Of these shares, the 5,000,000 Class A ordinary shares underlying the units sold in this offering, or 5,750,000 Class A ordinary shares underlying the units sold if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All of the remaining shares are restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering. All of those shares will not be transferable except in limited circumstances described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Rule 144

Pursuant to Rule 144, a person who has beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares for at least six months would generally be entitled to sell their securities provided that:

•        such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, and

•        we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

•        1% of the number of Class A ordinary shares then issued and outstanding, which will equal 654,725 shares immediately after this offering (or 751,100 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full); and

•        the average weekly trading volume of the Class A ordinary shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Historically, the SEC staff had taken the position that Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by companies that are, or previously were, blank check companies, like us. The SEC has codified and expanded this position in the amendments discussed above by prohibiting the use of Rule 144 for resale of securities issued by any shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or any issuer that has been at any time previously a shell company.

The SEC has provided an important exception to this prohibition, however, if the following conditions are met:

•        the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

•        the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

•        the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K reports; and

•        at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

As a result, it is likely that pursuant to Rule 144, our initial shareholders will be able to sell their insider shares freely without registration one year after we have completed our initial business combination assuming they are not an affiliate of ours at that time.

107

Table of Contents

Registration Rights

The holders of our insider shares issued and outstanding on the date of this prospectus, as well as the holders of the private units (and underlying securities) and any securities issued to our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates in payment of working capital loans made to us, will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. The holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands.

The holders of the majority of the insider shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these ordinary shares are to be released from lock-up. The holders of a majority of the private units (and underlying securities) and securities issued in payment of working capital loans (or underlying securities) or loans to extend our life (or underlying securities) can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after we consummate a business combination.

In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our consummation of a business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

108

Table of Contents

Taxation

The following summary of the material Cayman Islands and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our units, Class A ordinary shares and rights to acquire our Class A ordinary shares, sometimes referred to, individually or collectively, in this summary as our “securities,” is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our securities, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The following is a discussion on certain Cayman Islands income tax consequences of an investment in the securities of the Company. The discussion is a general summary of present law, which is subject to prospective and retroactive change. It is not intended as tax advice, does not consider any investor’s particular circumstances, and does not consider tax consequences other than those arising under Cayman Islands law.

Under Existing Cayman Islands Laws

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our securities will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of the securities nor will gains derived from the disposal of the securities be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax. The Cayman Islands currently has no income, corporation or capital gains tax and no estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax.

No stamp duty is payable in respect of the issue of our Class A ordinary shares or on an instrument of transfer in respect of such shares.

The Company has been incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability and, as such, received an undertaking from the Financial Secretary of the Cayman Islands in the following form:

The Tax Concessions Act

(As Revised)

Undertaking as to Tax Concessions

In accordance with the provision of Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised), the following undertaking is given to UK Wisdom Limited (the “Company”):

1.      That no law which is hereafter enacted in the Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to the Company or its operations; and

2.      In addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable:

2.1    On or in respect of the shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company; or

2.2    by way of the withholding in whole or part, of any relevant payment as defined in Section 6(3) of the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised).

These concessions shall be for a period of twenty years from the 15th day of March 2021.

United States Federal Income Taxation

General

This discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our securities issued pursuant to this offering. This section does not address any aspect of U.S. federal gift or estate tax, or the state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences of an investment in our securities.

109

Table of Contents

Although not entirely clear, because the components of a unit are separable at the option of the holder within a short period of time after the date of this prospectus, the holder of a unit generally should be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as the owner of the underlying ordinary share and right components of the unit, as the case may be. See “— Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit” below. Assuming such treatment is appropriate, the discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences with respect to actual holders of Class A ordinary shares and rights should also apply to holders of units (as the deemed owners of the underlying Class A ordinary shares and rights that comprise the units).

This discussion is based on the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), its legislative history, Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect. These authorities are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

This discussion considers only U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders (each as defined below) that purchase units pursuant to this offering and own and hold our securities as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). Additionally, this discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to any particular holder based on such holder’s individual circumstances, including but not limited to the Medicare tax on certain investment income and the alternative minimum tax and does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders that are subject to special rules, including:

•        our sponsor, initial shareholders, officers or directors, or holders of our Class B ordinary shares, private units, unit purchase option (or securities underlying the unit purchase option) or representative shares;

•        financial institutions or financial services entities;

•        broker-dealers;

•        taxpayers that are subject to the mark-to-market accounting rules;

•        tax-exempt entities;

•        governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

•        insurance companies;

•        regulated investment companies;

•        real estate investment trusts;

•        expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;

•        persons that actually or constructively own 5 percent or more of our voting shares;

•        persons that hold our securities as part of a straddle, constructive sale, hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction;

•        U.S. Holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

•        controlled foreign corporations; or

•        passive foreign investment companies.

In addition, this discussion does not consider the tax treatment of partnerships or other pass-through entities or persons that hold our securities through such entities. If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is the beneficial owner of our securities, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Partners of such a partnership (or other entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holding our securities are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our securities. This discussion assumes that the Class A ordinary shares and rights will trade separately and also assumes that any distributions made (or deemed made) by us on our Class A ordinary shares and any consideration received (or deemed received) by a holder in consideration for the sale or other disposition of our securities will be in U.S. dollars.

110

Table of Contents

We have not sought, and will not seek, a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel as to any U.S. federal income tax consequence described herein. The IRS may disagree with the descriptions herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court. Moreover, there can be no assurance that future legislation, regulations, administrative rulings or court decisions will not adversely affect the accuracy of the statements in this discussion.

THIS DISCUSSION IS ONLY A GENERAL SUMMARY OF THE MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IN OUR SECURITIES IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH INVESTOR OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, AS WELL AS U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATIES.

Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit

There is no statutory, administrative or judicial authority directly addressing the treatment, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, of securities with terms substantially the same as the units, and, therefore, that treatment is not entirely clear. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we intend to treat the acquisition of a unit as the acquisition of one Class A ordinary share and one right to acquire one-tenth of one Class A ordinary share and, by purchasing a unit, you agree to adopt such treatment for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The foregoing treatment of our Class A ordinary shares and rights and a holder’s purchase price allocation (discussed below) are not binding on the IRS or the courts. Because there are no authorities that directly address instruments that are similar to the units, no assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the characterization described above or the discussion below. Accordingly, each holder is advised to consult its tax advisor regarding the risks associated with an investment in a unit (including alternative characterizations of a unit) and regarding an allocation of the purchase price among the Class A ordinary share and right that comprise a unit. The balance of this discussion generally assumes that the characterization of the units described above is respected for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Each holder of a unit must allocate the purchase price paid by such holder for such unit between the Class A ordinary share and the right that comprise the unit based on their respective relative fair market values at the time of issuance. Under U.S. federal income tax law, each investor must make its own determination of such value based on all the relevant facts and circumstances. Therefore, we urge each investor to consult its own advisor regarding the determination of value for these purposes. A holder’s initial tax basis in the Class A ordinary share and the right included in each unit will equal the portion of the purchase price of the unit allocated thereto. Any disposition of a unit should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a disposition of the Class A ordinary share and the right comprising the unit, and the amount realized on the disposition should be allocated between the Class A ordinary share and the right based on their respective relative fair market values at the time of disposition. The separation of the Class A ordinary share and the right comprising a unit should not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

U.S. Holders

This section applies to holders that are “U.S. Holders.” A U.S. Holder is a beneficial owner of our securities that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•        an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

•        a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

•        an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

•        a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more “United States persons” (as defined in the Code) have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

111

Table of Contents

Taxation of Distributions Paid on Class A Ordinary Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in gross income as dividends the amount of any distribution paid on our Class A ordinary shares. A distribution on such shares generally will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Such dividends paid by us will be taxable to a corporate U.S. Holder at regular rates and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to domestic (i.e., U.S.) corporations in respect of dividends received from other domestic corporations. Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits generally will be applied against and reduce the U.S. Holder’s basis in its Class A ordinary shares (but not below zero) and, to the extent in excess of such basis, will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such Class A ordinary shares. With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, dividends may be subject to the lower applicable long-term capital gains tax rate (see “— Taxation on the Disposition of Securities” below) if our Class A ordinary shares are readily tradeable on an established securities market in the United States and certain other requirements are met, including that we are not classified as a PFIC during the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year and that the U.S. Holder satisfies certain holding period requirements. It is unclear whether the redemption rights with respect to our Class A ordinary shares prevent a U.S. Holder from satisfying the applicable holding period requirement. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for any dividends paid with respect to our Class A ordinary shares.

Taxation on the Disposition of Securities

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, upon a sale or other taxable disposition of our securities (which, in general, would include a redemption of Class A ordinary shares, as discussed below, and including as a result of a liquidation and subsequent dissolution in the event we do not consummate an initial business combination within the required time period), a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between (1) the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in such disposition (or, if the Class A ordinary shares or rights are held as part of units at the time of the disposition, the portion of the amount realized on such disposition that is allocated to the Class A ordinary shares or rights based upon the then fair market values of the Class A ordinary shares and rights included in the units) and (2) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A ordinary shares or rights so disposed of. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A ordinary shares or rights generally will be equal to the U.S. Holder’s acquisition cost (that is, the portion of the purchase price of a unit allocated to a Class A ordinary share or right, as described above under “— Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit”) reduced by any prior distributions treated as a return of capital.

Long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. Holders are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax at a reduced rate. Capital gain or loss will generally constitute long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the securities exceeds one year. It is unclear whether the redemption rights with respect to our Class A ordinary shares may prevent a U.S. Holder from satisfying the applicable holding period requirement. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to various limitations. U.S. Holders that recognize losses with respect to a disposition of our securities should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax treatment of such losses.

Redemption of Class A Ordinary Shares

Subject to the PFIC rules described below, if a U.S. Holder converts Class A ordinary shares into the right to receive cash pursuant to the exercise of a shareholder redemption right or sells its Class A ordinary shares to us, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such conversion or sale generally will be treated as a redemption and will be subject to the following rules. If the redemption qualifies as a sale of the Class A ordinary shares under Section 302 of the Code, the tax treatment of such redemption will be as described under “— Taxation on the Disposition of Securities” above. Whether redemption of our shares qualifies for sale treatment will depend largely on the total number of our Class A ordinary shares treated as held by such U.S. Holder. The redemption of Class A ordinary shares generally will be treated as a sale or exchange of the Class A ordinary shares (rather than as a distribution) if the receipt of cash upon the redemption (i) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to a U.S. Holder, (ii) results in a “complete termination” of such holder’s interest in us or (iii) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to such holder. These tests are explained more fully below.

112

Table of Contents

In determining whether any of the foregoing tests are satisfied, a U.S. Holder must take into account not only our Class A ordinary shares actually owned by such holder, but also our ordinary shares that are constructively owned by such holder. A U.S. Holder may constructively own, in addition to our Class A ordinary shares owned directly, ordinary shares owned by related individuals and entities in which such holder has an interest or that have an interest in such holder, as well as any ordinary shares such holder has a right to acquire by exercise of an option, which would generally include Class A ordinary shares which could be acquired pursuant to rights. In order to meet the substantially disproportionate test, the percentage of our issued and outstanding voting shares actually and constructively owned by a U.S. Holder immediately following the redemption of our Class A ordinary shares must, among other requirements, be less than 80% of the percentage of our issued and outstanding voting shares actually and constructively owned by such holder immediately before the redemption. Prior to our initial business combination the Class A ordinary shares may not be treated as voting shares for this purpose and, consequently, this substantially disproportionate test may not be applicable.

There will be a complete termination of a U.S. Holder’s interest if either (i) all of our ordinary shares actually and constructively owned by such U.S. Holder are redeemed or (ii) all of our ordinary shares actually owned by such U.S. Holder are redeemed and such holder is eligible to waive, and effectively waives, in accordance with specific rules, the attribution of shares owned by family members and such holder does not constructively own any other shares. The redemption of the Class A ordinary shares will not be essentially equivalent to a dividend if such redemption results in a “meaningful reduction” of a U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in us. Whether the redemption will result in a meaningful reduction in a U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in us will depend on the particular facts and circumstances. However, the IRS has indicated in a published ruling that even a small reduction in the proportionate interest of a small minority shareholder in a publicly held corporation that exercises no control over corporate affairs may constitute such a “meaningful reduction.” U.S. Holders should consult with their tax advisors as to the tax consequences of any such redemption.

If none of the foregoing tests are satisfied, then the redemption may be treated as a distribution and the tax effects will be as described under “— Taxation of Distributions Paid on Class A Ordinary Shares,” above. After the application of those rules, any remaining tax basis a U.S. Holder has in the redeemed Class A ordinary shares will be added to the adjusted tax basis in such holder’s remaining ordinary shares. If there are no remaining ordinary shares, a U.S. Holder should consult its tax advisor as to the allocation of any remaining basis.

Certain U.S. Holders may be subject to special reporting requirements with respect to a redemption of Class A ordinary shares, and such holders should consult with their tax advisors with respect to their reporting requirements.

Conversion or Lapse of Rights

The treatment of the rights to acquire ordinary shares is uncertain. The right may be viewed as a forward contract, derivative security or similar interest in our company (analogous to an option with no exercise price), and thus the holder of the right would not be viewed as owning the ordinary shares issuable pursuant to the rights until such ordinary shares are actually issued. There may be other alternative characterizations of the rights that the IRS may successfully assert, including that the rights are treated as equity in our company at the time the rights are issued.

The U.S. federal income tax consequences of a conversion or lapse of rights is uncertain. Accordingly, U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of an acquisition of ordinary shares pursuant to rights or of a lapse of rights.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

A foreign (i.e., non-U.S.) corporation will be a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if at least 75% of its gross income in a taxable year of such foreign corporation, including its pro rata share of the gross income of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, is passive income. Alternatively, a foreign corporation will be a PFIC if at least 50% of its assets in a taxable year of the foreign corporation, ordinarily determined based on fair market value and generally averaged quarterly over the year, including its pro rata share of the assets of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, are held for the production of, or produce, passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than certain rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets.

113

Table of Contents

Because we are a blank check company, with no current active business, we believe it is likely that we will meet the PFIC asset or income test for our current taxable year and therefore be classified as a PFIC. However, pursuant to a start-up exception, a corporation will not be a PFIC for the first taxable year the corporation has gross income (the “start-up year”), if (1) no predecessor of the corporation was a PFIC; (2) the corporation satisfies the IRS that it will not be a PFIC for either of the first two taxable years following the start-up year; and (3) the corporation is not in fact a PFIC for either of those years. The applicability of the start-up exception to us is uncertain. After the acquisition of a company or assets in a business combination, we may still meet one of the PFIC tests depending on the timing of the acquisition and the amount of our passive income and assets as well as the passive income and assets of the acquired business. If a company we acquire in a business combination is a PFIC, then we will likely not qualify for the start-up exception and will likely be a PFIC for our current taxable year and, perhaps, future taxable years. Our actual PFIC status for our current taxable year or any future taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. Accordingly, there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year.

If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder of our securities and, in the case of our Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder did not timely make a qualified electing fund (“QEF”) election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) such Class A ordinary shares, a QEF election along with a deemed sale (or purging) election, or a “mark-to-market” election, each as described below, such holder generally will be subject to special rules for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to:

•        any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of our securities; and

•        any “excess distribution” made to the U.S. Holder (generally, any distributions to such U.S. Holder during a taxable year of the U.S. Holder that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by such U.S. Holder in respect of our securities during the three preceding taxable years of such U.S. Holder or, if shorter, such U.S. Holder’s holding period for our securities).

Under these rules,

•        the U.S. Holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for our securities;

•        the amount allocated to the U.S. Holder’s taxable year in which the U.S. Holder recognized the gain or received the excess distribution, or to the period in the U.S. Holder’s holding period before the first day of our first taxable year in which we are a PFIC, will be taxed as ordinary income;

•        the amount allocated to other taxable years (or portions thereof) of the U.S. Holder and included in its holding period will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and applicable to the U.S. Holder; and

•        the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such other taxable year of the U.S. Holder.

In general, if we are determined to be a PFIC, a U.S. Holder may avoid the PFIC tax consequences described above in respect to our Class A ordinary shares by making a timely QEF election (or a QEF election along with a purging election), if eligible to do so. Pursuant to the QEF election, a U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in income its pro rata share of our net capital gains (as long-term capital gain) and other earnings and profits (as ordinary income), on a current basis, in each case whether or not distributed, in the taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which or with which our taxable year ends if we are treated as a PFIC for that taxable year. A U.S. Holder may make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the QEF rules, but if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge.

A U.S. Holder may not currently make a QEF election with respect to its rights to acquire our Class A ordinary shares. As a result, if a U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of such rights (other than upon conversion of such rights), under proposed Treasury Regulations any gain recognized generally may be subject to the special tax and interest charge rules treating the gain as an excess distribution, as described above, if we were a PFIC at any time during the period the U.S. Holder held the rights. If a U.S. Holder that converts such rights properly makes a QEF election with respect to the newly acquired Class A ordinary shares (or has previously made a QEF election with respect to our ordinary shares), the QEF election will apply to the newly acquired Class A ordinary shares, but the adverse tax

114

Table of Contents

consequences relating to PFIC shares, adjusted to take into account the current income inclusions resulting from the QEF election, will continue to apply with respect to such newly acquired Class A ordinary shares (which generally will be deemed to have a holding period for purposes of the PFIC rules that includes the period the U.S. Holder held the rights), unless the U.S. Holder makes a purging election under the PFIC rules. The purging election would generally create a deemed sale of such shares at their fair market value. The gain recognized by the purging election will be subject to the special tax and interest charge rules treating the gain as an excess distribution, as described above. As a result of the purging election, the U.S. Holder will increase its adjusted tax basis in its Class A ordinary shares acquired upon the conversion of the rights by the gain recognized and, solely for purposes of the PFIC rules, will also have a new holding period in such Class A ordinary shares. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the application of the rules governing purging elections to their particular circumstances (including a potential separate “deemed dividend” purging election that may be available if we are a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes).

The QEF election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and, once made, can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. A U.S. Holder generally makes a QEF election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund), including the information provided in a PFIC Annual Information Statement, to a timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the tax year to which the election relates. Retroactive QEF elections generally may be made only by filing a protective statement with such return and if certain other conditions are met or with the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a retroactive QEF election under their particular circumstances.

In order to comply with the requirements of a QEF election, a U.S. Holder must receive a PFIC Annual Information Statement from us. If we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year prior to our initial business combination, upon written request, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the IRS may require, including a PFIC Annual Information Statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a QEF election with respect to our Class A ordinary shares. However, there is no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of our status as a PFIC in the future or that the required information will be provided.

If a U.S. Holder has made a QEF election with respect to our Class A ordinary shares, and the special tax and interest charge rules do not apply to such shares (because of a timely QEF election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) such shares or a purge of the PFIC taint pursuant to a purging election, as described above), any gain recognized on the sale of our Class A ordinary shares generally will be taxable as capital gain and no interest charge will be imposed under the PFIC rules. As discussed above, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. Holders of a QEF generally are currently taxed on their pro rata shares of its earnings and profits, whether or not distributed. In such case, a subsequent distribution of such earnings and profits that were previously included in income generally should not be taxable as a dividend to such U.S. Holders. The adjusted tax basis of a U.S. Holder’s shares in a QEF will be increased by amounts that are included in income, and decreased by amounts distributed but not taxed as dividends, under the above rules. Similar basis adjustments apply to property if by reason of holding such property the U.S. Holder is treated under the applicable attribution rules as owning shares in a QEF.

Although a determination as to our PFIC status will be made annually, an initial determination we are a PFIC will generally apply for future years to a U.S. Holder that held our securities while we were a PFIC, whether or not we meet the test for PFIC status in those future years. A U.S. Holder that makes the QEF election discussed above for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our Class A ordinary shares, however, will not be subject to the PFIC tax and interest charge rules discussed above in respect to such shares. In addition, such U.S. Holder will not be subject to the QEF inclusion regime with respect to such shares for any of our taxable years that end within or with a taxable year of the U.S. Holder and in which we are not a PFIC. On the other hand, if the QEF election is not effective for each of our taxable years in which we are a PFIC and the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our Class A ordinary shares, the PFIC rules discussed above will continue to apply to such shares unless the holder makes a purging election, as described above, and pays the tax and interest charge with respect to the gain inherent in such shares attributable to the pre-QEF election period.

Alternatively, if a U.S. Holder, at the close of its taxable year, owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC that are treated as marketable shares, the U.S. Holder may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such shares for such taxable year. If the U.S. Holder makes a valid mark-to-market election for the first taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our Class A ordinary shares and for which we are determined

115

Table of Contents

to be a PFIC, such holder generally will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above in respect to its Class A ordinary shares as long as such shares continue to be treated as marketable shares for such purpose. Instead, in general, the U.S. Holder will include as ordinary income for each year that we are treated as a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its Class A ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year over the adjusted basis in its Class A ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder also will be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of its Class A ordinary shares over the fair market value of its Class A ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). The U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts, and any further gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of the Class A ordinary shares in a taxable year in which we are treated as a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income. Special tax rules may also apply if a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election for a taxable year after the first taxable year in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) its Class A ordinary shares and for which we are treated as a PFIC. Currently, a mark-to-market election may not be made with respect to our rights.

The mark-to-market election is available only for stock that is regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Nasdaq, or on a foreign exchange or market that the IRS determines has rules sufficient to ensure that the market price represents a legitimate and sound fair market value. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a mark-to-market election in respect to our Class A ordinary shares under their particular circumstances.

If we are a PFIC and, at any time, have a foreign subsidiary that is classified as a PFIC, U.S. Holders of our shares generally would be deemed to own a portion of the shares of such lower-tier PFIC, and generally could incur liability for the deferred tax and interest charge described above if we receive a distribution from, or dispose of all or part of our interest in, the lower-tier PFIC or the U.S. Holders otherwise were deemed to have disposed of an interest in the lower-tier PFIC. There is no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of the status of any such lower-tier PFIC or cause any such lower-tier PFIC in which we hold a controlling interest to timely provide a U.S. Holder the information that may be required to make or maintain a QEF election with respect to the lower-tier PFIC In addition, we may not hold a controlling interest in any such lower-tier PFIC and thus there can be no assurance we will be able to cause the lower-tier PFIC to provide the required information. A mark-to-market election generally would not be available with respect to such lower-tier PFIC. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax issues raised by lower-tier PFICs.

A U.S. Holder that owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC during any taxable year of the U.S. Holder, may have to file an IRS Form 8621 (whether or not a QEF or mark-to-market election is or has been made) with such U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax return and provide such other information as may be required by the U.S. Treasury Department.

The rules dealing with PFICs and with the QEF and mark-to-market elections are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Accordingly, U.S. Holders of our securities should consult their tax advisors concerning the application of the PFIC rules to our securities under their particular circumstances.

Tax Reporting

Certain U.S. Holders may be required to file an IRS Form 926 (Return by a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) to report a transfer of property (including cash) to us. Substantial penalties may be imposed on a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with this reporting requirement. Furthermore, certain U.S. Holders who are individuals and certain entities will be required to report information with respect to such U.S. Holder’s investment in “specified foreign financial assets,” which may include an interest in us, on IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets), subject to certain exceptions. Persons who are required to report specified foreign financial assets and fail to do so may be subject to substantial penalties. Potential investors are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the foreign financial asset and other reporting obligations and their application to an investment in our securities.

Non-U.S. Holders

This section applies to holders that are “Non-U.S. Holders.” As used herein, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our securities that is neither a U.S. Holder nor a partnership or other pass-through entity or arrangement for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

116

Table of Contents

Dividends (including constructive dividends) paid or deemed paid to a Non-U.S. Holder in respect to our securities generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, unless the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains or maintained in the United States).

In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain attributable to a sale or other disposition of our securities unless such gain is effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains or maintained in the United States) or the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual that is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of sale or other disposition and certain other conditions are met (in which case, such gain from United States sources generally is subject to tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate).

Dividends (including constructive dividends) and gains that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains or maintained in the United States) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the same regular U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to a comparable U.S. Holder and, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate.

The U.S. federal income tax characterization of the redemption of a Non-U.S. Holder’s Class A ordinary shares generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax characterization of such a redemption of a U.S. Holder’s Class A ordinary shares, as described under “U.S. Holders — Redemption of Class A Ordinary Shares” above, and the consequences of the redemption to the Non-U.S. Holder will be as described above under this heading “Non-U.S. Holders” for the Non-U.S. Holder’s gain on the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A ordinary shares.

The U.S. federal income tax characterization of, and the consequences applicable to, a Non-U.S. Holder’s ownership of the rights to acquire ordinary shares, including the U.S. federal income tax consequences of a conversion or lapse of rights, is uncertain, similar to the consequences described above for U.S. Holders under “U.S. Holders — Conversion or Lapse of Rights.”

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, information reporting for U.S. federal income tax purposes should apply to distributions made on our Class A ordinary shares within the United States to a U.S. Holder (other than an exempt recipient) and to the proceeds from sales and other dispositions of our securities by a U.S. Holder (other than an exempt recipient) to or through a U.S. office of a broker. Payments made (and sales and other dispositions effected at an office) outside the United States will be subject to information reporting in limited circumstances.

Moreover, backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax generally will apply to dividends paid on our securities to a U.S. Holder (other than an exempt recipient) and the proceeds from sales and other dispositions of our securities by a U.S. Holder (other than an exempt recipient), in each case that:

•        fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

•        is notified by the IRS that backup withholding is required; or

•        fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

A Non-U.S. Holder generally may eliminate the requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status, under penalties of perjury, on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. Holder’s or a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the requisite information is timely furnished to the IRS. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of backup withholding and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding in their particular circumstances.

117

Table of Contents

Underwriting

We intend to offer our securities described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. Maxim Group LLC (“Maxim” or the “Representative”) is acting as the sole book-running manager of the offering and as the representative of the underwriters named below. We will enter into an underwriting agreement with the Representative. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters, through the Representative, have each severally agreed to purchase from us, on a firm commitment basis, the number of units listed next to its name in the following table at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

Underwriters

 

Number of
Units

Maxim Group LLC

 

Total

 

5,000,000

A copy of the form of underwriting agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Listing of our Securities

We expect our units, Class A ordinary shares and rights to be listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “UKWIU,” “UKWI” and “UKWIR,” respectively. Our units will be listed on Nasdaq on or promptly after the effective date of the registration statement. Following the date our Class A ordinary shares and rights are eligible to trade separately, we anticipate that the Class A ordinary shares and rights will be listed separately and as a unit on Nasdaq. We cannot guarantee that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq after this offering.

Pricing of this Offering

We have been advised by the Representative that the underwriters propose to offer the units to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. They may allow some dealers concessions not in excess of $[•] per unit and the dealers may also allow a concession not in excess of $[•] per unit to other dealers.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for our securities. The public offering price of the units was negotiated between us and the representative of the underwriters. Factors considered in determining the prices and terms of the units include:

•        the history of other similarly structured blank check companies;

•        prior offerings of those companies;

•        our prospects for consummating our initial business combination with an operating business at attractive values;

•        our capital structure;

•        securities exchange listing requirements;

•        market demand;

•        expected liquidity of our securities; and

•        general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering.

However, although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry since the underwriters are unable to compare our financial results and prospects with those of public companies operating in the same industry. 

Over-allotment Option

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 750,000 additional units at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. The underwriters have 45 days from the

118

Table of Contents

effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in which to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional units approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.

Commissions and Discounts

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount to be paid by us to the underwriters and the proceeds, before expenses, to us. This information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the representative of the underwriters of its over-allotment option.

 

Per Unit

 

Without
Over-allotment

 

With
Over-allotment

Public offering price

 

$

10.00

 

$

50,000,000

 

$

57,500,000

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$

0.55

 

$

2,750,000

 

$

3,162,500

Proceeds before expenses(2)(3)

 

$

9.45

 

$

47,250,000

 

$

54,337,500

____________

(1)      Such amount includes up to $1,750,000, or $0.35 per unit, (or $2,012,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) payable to Maxim for deferred underwriting discounts and commissions upon completion of a business combination. The deferred underwriting commissions can be paid in cash, stock or a combination of both at Maxim’s discretion.

(2)      The offering expenses are estimated at approximately $722,500.

(3)      The deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and the unit purchase option shall solely be issued and paid to Maxim or its designees for its own account.

In addition to the underwriting discount, we paid Maxim $25,000, upon the execution of the engagement letter, as an advance against out-of-pocket accountable expenses actually anticipated to be incurred by the underwriters. An additional $25,000 (collectively, with the initial $25,000 payment, the “Advance”) will be paid to Maxim concurrently with the filing of this Registration Statement. We have agreed to pay to the underwriters for the FINRA-related fees, “road show” expenses, expenses of the underwriters’ legal counsel and certain diligence and other fees, and reimbursement for background checks on our directors, director nominees and executive officers, which such fees and expenses are capped at an aggregate of $100,000.

No discounts or commissions will be paid on the sale of the private units.

Representative’s Ordinary Shares

We have agreed to issue to Maxim Partners LLC, parent of Maxim Group LLC, and/or its designees, 25,000 Class A ordinary shares (or 28,750 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) upon the consummation of this offering. Maxim has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any such shares until the completion of our initial business combination. In addition, Maxim has agreed (i) to waive its redemption rights with respect to such shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 21 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this prospectus).

The shares have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a lock-up for a period of 180 days immediately following the commencement of sales of this offering pursuant to Rule 5110(e)(1) of FINRA’s Rules. Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1), these securities may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated nor may they be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the commencement of sales of this offering except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in the offering and their bona fide officers or partners, associated persons or affiliates.

Unit Purchase Option

We have agreed to sell to Maxim (and/or its designees), for $100, an option to purchase up to a total of 250,000 units (or 287,500 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) exercisable, in whole or in part, at $11.50 per unit, commencing 12 months from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and expiring on the earlier of five (5) years from the commencement of sales of the public offering

119

Table of Contents

and the day immediately prior to the day on which the company and all of its successors have been dissolved. The purchase option may be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option. The option and the 250,000 units (or 287,500 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), as well as the 275,000 Class A ordinary shares (which includes the 25,000 Class A ordinary shares issuable for the rights included in the units) (or 316,250 shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, which includes the 28,750 Class A ordinary shares issuable for the rights included in the units) have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a lock-up for a period of 180 days immediately following the commencement of sales in this offering pursuant to Rule 5110(e)(1) of FINRA’s Rules, during which time the option may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative or put or call transaction that would result in the economic disposition of the securities. Additionally, on and after the 181st day following the following the commencement of sales of the Offering, transfers to others may be made subject to compliance with or exemptions from applicable securities laws. The option grants to holders one demand and unlimited “piggy-back” rights for periods of five and seven years, respectively, from the commencement of sales of this offering with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the option. We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities, other than underwriting commissions which will be paid for by the holders themselves. The exercise price and number of units issuable upon exercise of the option may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the option will not be adjusted for issuances of Class A ordinary shares at a price below its exercise price. We will have no obligation to net cash settle the exercise of the purchase option. The holder of the purchase option will not be entitled to exercise the purchase option unless a registration statement covering the securities underlying the purchase option is effective or an exemption from registration is available. If the holder is unable to exercise the purchase option, the purchase option will expire worthless.

Right of First Refusal

Subject to certain conditions, we granted Maxim, for a period of 12 months after the date of the consummation of our business combination, a right of first refusal to act as book runner with at least 30% of the economics for a multiple handed deal and for any and all future public equity, convertible and debt offerings during such period. This right of first refusal shall also encompass the time period leading up to the closing of our business combination while the Company is still a Special Purpose Acquisition Company. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(6), such right of first refusal shall not have a duration of more than three years from the commencement of sales of the offering.

Regulatory Restrictions on Purchase of Securities

Rules of the SEC may limit the ability of the underwriters to bid for or purchase our units before the distribution of the units is completed. However, the underwriters may engage in the following activities in accordance with the rules:

•        Stabilizing Transactions. The underwriters may make bids or purchases solely for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the price of our units, as long as stabilizing bids do not exceed the offering price of $10.00 and the underwriters comply with all other applicable rules.

•        Over-Allotments and Syndicate Coverage Transactions. The underwriters may create a short position in our units by selling more of our units than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus up to the amount of the over-allotment option. This is known as a covered short position. The underwriters may also create a short position in our units by selling more of our units than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and the units allowed by the over-allotment option. This is known as a naked short position. If the underwriters create a short position during the offering, the representative may engage in syndicate covering transactions by purchasing our units in the open market. The representative may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option. Determining what method to use in reducing the short position depends on how the units trade in the aftermarket following the offering. If the unit price drops following the offering, the short position is usually covered with shares purchased by the underwriters in the aftermarket. However, the underwriters may cover a short position by exercising the over-allotment option even if the unit price drops following the offering. If the unit price rises after the offering, then the over-allotment option is used to cover the short position. If the short position is more than the over-allotment option, the naked short must be covered by purchases in the aftermarket, which could be at prices above the offering price.

120

Table of Contents

•        Penalty Bids. The representative may reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the units originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

Stabilization and syndicate covering transactions may cause the price of our securities to be higher than they would be in the absence of these transactions. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the prices of our securities if it discourages resales of our securities.

Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our securities. These transactions may occur on Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market or on any trading market. If any of these transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time. 

Other Terms

Except as set forth above, we are not under any contractual obligation to engage any of the underwriters to provide any services for us after this offering, and have no present intent to do so. However, any of the underwriters may, among other things, introduce us to potential target businesses or assist us in raising additional capital, as needs may arise in the future. If any underwriter provides services to us after this offering, we may pay the underwriters fair and reasonable fees that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with the underwriters and no fees for such services will be paid to the underwriters prior to the date which is 60 days after the date of this prospectus, unless FINRA determines that such payment would not be deemed underwriter’s compensation in connection with this offering.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against some liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in this respect.

Selling Restrictions

Canada

Resale Restrictions

We intend to distribute our securities in the Province of Ontario, Canada (the “Canadian Offering Jurisdiction”) by way of a private placement and exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in such Canadian Offering Jurisdiction. Any resale of our securities in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws that will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Canadian resale restrictions in some circumstances may apply to resales of interests made outside of Canada. Canadian purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of our securities. We may never be a “reporting issuer”, as such term is defined under applicable Canadian securities legislation, in any province or territory of Canada in which our securities will be offered and there currently is no public market for any of the securities in Canada, and one may never develop. Canadian investors are advised that we have no intention to file a prospectus or similar document with any securities regulatory authority in Canada qualifying the resale of the securities to the public in any province or territory in Canada.

Representations of Purchasers

A Canadian purchaser will be required to represent to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

•        the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase our securities without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws;

•        where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent;

121

Table of Contents

•        the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions; and

•        the purchaser acknowledges and consents to the provision of specified information concerning its purchase of our securities to the regulatory authority that by law is entitled to collect the information.

Rights of Action — Ontario Purchasers Only

Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of our securities, for rescission against us in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for our securities. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for our securities. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which our securities were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of our securities as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions. 

Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein are located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All of our assets and the assets of those persons are located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Collection of Personal Information

If a Canadian purchaser is resident in or otherwise subject to the securities laws of the Province of Ontario, the Purchaser authorizes the indirect collection of personal information pertaining to the Canadian purchaser by the Ontario Securities Commission (the “OSC”) and each Canadian purchaser will be required to acknowledge and agree that the Canadian purchaser has been notified by us (i) of the delivery to the OSC of personal information pertaining to the Canadian purchaser, including, without limitation, the full name, residential address and telephone number of the Canadian purchaser, the number and type of securities purchased and the total purchase price paid in respect of the securities, (ii) that this information is being collected indirectly by the OSC under the authority granted to it in securities legislation, (iii) that this information is being collected for the purposes of the administration and enforcement of the securities legislation of Ontario, and (iv) that the title, business address and business telephone number of the public official in Ontario who can answer questions about the OSC’s indirect collection of the information is the Administrative Assistant to the Director of Corporate Finance, the Ontario Securities Commission, Suite 1903, Box 5520, Queen Street West, Toronto, Ontario, M5H 3S8, Telephone: (416) 593-8086, Facsimile: (416) 593-8252.

Cayman Islands

No offer or invitation to subscribe for shares may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands.

Switzerland

The Units may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of

122

Table of Contents

any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the Units or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or FINMA, and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of Units.

Italy

This prospectus has not been submitted to the Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa, the Italian Securities Exchange Commission (“CONSOB”), for clearance and will not be subject to formal review or clearance by CONSOB.

Accordingly, the Units may not be offered, and copies of this prospectus or any other document relating to the shares may not be distributed in Italy except:

(a)     to “qualified investors” (investitori qualificati), as defined pursuant to Article 34-ter, first paragraph, letter b), of CONSOB regulation No. 11971 of May 14, 1999, as amended, concerning issuers (“Regulation No. 11971”), but excluding (i) small and medium enterprises and natural persons indicated in Regulation No. 11971 that have not been included in the register of qualified investors, (ii) management companies and financial intermediaries authorized to manage individual portfolios on behalf of third parties and (iii) fiduciary companies managing portfolio investments regulated by Article 60, paragraph 4 of Legislative Decree No. 415 of July 23, 1996; or

(b)    in other circumstances that are exempt from the rules on public offers pursuant to Article 100 of the Legislative Decree No. 58 of February 24, 1998, as amended (the “Italian Financial Act”), and its implementing CONSOB regulations, including Regulation No. 11971.

Any such offer, sale or delivery of the Units offered hereby or distribution of copies of this Prospectus, or any other document relating to the offering in the Republic of Italy must be in compliance with the selling restrictions under

(i)     made by soggetti abilitati (including investment firms (imprese di investimento), banks or financial intermediaries, as defined by Article 1, first paragraph, letter r), of the Italian Financial Act), to the extent duly authorized to engage in the offering and/or underwriting and/or purchase of financial instruments in the Republic of Italy in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Italian Financial Act, CONSOB Regulation 16190 of October 29, 2007, as amended, Legislative Decree No. 385 of September 1, 1993, as amended (the “Italian Banking Act”) and any other applicable laws and regulations; and

(ii)     in compliance with any other applicable requirements or limitations which may be imposed by CONSOB, the Bank of Italy or any other Italian regulatory authority.

Any investor purchasing the Units offered hereby is solely responsible for ensuring that any offer or resale of the shares it purchased occurs in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

In accordance with Article 100-bis of the Italian Financial Act, the subsequent resale on the secondary market in the Republic of Italy of the Units offered hereby (which were part of an offer made pursuant to an exemption from the obligation to publish a prospectus) constitutes a distinct and autonomous offer that must be made in compliance with the public offer and prospectus requirement rules provided under the Italian Financial Act and the Regulation No. 11971 unless an exemption applies. Failure to comply with such rules may result in the subsequent resale of such shares being declared null and void and the intermediary transferring the shares may be liable for any damage suffered by the investors.

123

Table of Contents

Legal Matters

Latham & Watkins LLP, is acting as United States counsel in connection with the registration of our securities under the Securities Act and will pass on the validity of the rights offered in the prospectus. Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP will pass upon the validity of the securities offered in this prospectus with respect to the ordinary shares and matters of Cayman Islands law. Loeb & Loeb LLP is acting as counsel for the underwriters in this offering.

Experts

The financial statements of UK Wisdom Limited for the period from March 10, 2021 (inception) through March 30, 2021 appearing in this prospectus have been audited by Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report, thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to substantial doubt about the ability of UK Wisdom Limited to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements), appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and are included in reliance on such report given on the authority of such firm as an experts in auditing and accounting.

Where You Can Find Additional Information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, which includes exhibits, schedules and amendments, under the Securities Act, with respect to this offering of our securities. Although this prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, contains all material information included in the registration statement, parts of the registration statement have been omitted as permitted by rules and regulations of the SEC. We refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits for further information about us, our securities and this offering.

The registration statement and its exhibits, as well as our other reports filed with the SEC, can be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information about the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov which contains the Form S-1 and other reports, proxy and information statements and information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

124

Table of Contents

F-1

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of UK Wisdom Limited

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of UK Wisdom Limited (the “Company”) as of March 30, 2021, the related statements of operations, changes in shareholder’s equity and cash flows for the period from March 10, 2021 (inception) through March 30, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 30, 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from March 10, 2021 (inception) through March 30, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Explanatory Paragraph — Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company’s ability to execute its business plan is dependent upon its completion of the proposed initial public offering described in Note 3 to the financial statements. The Company has a working capital deficiency as of March 30, 2021 and lacks the financial resources it needs to sustain operations for a reasonable period of time, which is considered to be one year from the issuance date of the financial statements. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1 and 3. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP

Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.

New York, NY

April 22, 2021

F-2

Table of Contents

UK WISDOM LIMITED

BALANCE SHEET

MARCH 30, 2021

Assets

 

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs

 

$

90,433

 

Total Assets

 

$

90,433

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity

 

 

 

 

Accrued offering costs and expenses

 

$

72,127

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

72,127

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholder’s Equity

 

 

 

 

Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

 

 

 

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

 

 

 

Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 1,437,500 shares issued and outstanding(1)

 

 

144

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

24,856

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(6,694

)

Total shareholder’s equity

 

 

18,306

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity

 

$

90,433

 

____________

(1)      This number includes up to 187,500 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (see Note 5).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3

Table of Contents

UK WISDOM LIMITED

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 10, 2021 (INCEPTION) THROUGH MARCH 30, 2021

Formation and operating costs

 

$

6,694

 

Net loss

 

$

(6,694

)

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average Class B ordinary shares outstanding(1)

 

 

1,250,000

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

 

$

(0.01

)

____________

(1)      This number excludes an aggregate of up to 187,500 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (see Note 5).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

UK WISDOM LIMITED

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY

 

Class B
Ordinary Shares

 

Additional Paid-in
Capital

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

Total Shareholder’s Equity

   

Shares(1)

 

Amount

 

Balance as of March 10, 2021 (inception)

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

Class B ordinary shares issued to Sponsor

 

1,437,500

 

 

144

 

 

24,856

 

 

 

 

 

25,000

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,694

)

 

 

(6,694

)

Balance as of March 30, 2021

 

1,437,500

 

$

144

 

$

24,856

 

$

(6,694

)

 

$

18,306

 

____________

(1)      This number includes up to 187,500 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (see Note 5).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

UK WISDOM LIMITED

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 10, 2021 (INCEPTION) THROUGH MARCH 30, 2021

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(6,694

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

 

 

 

 

Formation and operating costs

 

 

6,694

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, March 10, 2021 (inception)

 

 

 

Cash, end of the period

 

$

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs paid by Sponsor in exchange for issuance of Class B ordinary shares

 

$

18,306

 

Deferred offering costs included in accrued offerings costs and expenses

 

$

72,127

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

UK WISDOM LIMITED

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Organization, Business Operation and Going Concern

UK Wisdom Limited (the “Company”) was incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on March 10, 2021. The Company was incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”). The Company’s efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic region, although the Company intends to pursue prospective targets in Asia with a focus on the e-commerce, new energy, enterprise services, education and biomedical sectors.

As of March 30, 2021, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from March 10, 2021 (inception) through March 30, 2021 relates to the Company’s formation and the proposed initial public offering (“Proposed Public Offering”) which described below. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents from the proceeds derived from the Proposed Public Offering. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

The Company’s Sponsor is Ucommune Talent Limited (the “Sponsor”), a Cayman Islands limited liability company. The Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through a proposed public offering of 5,000,000 units at $10.00 per unit (the “Units”) (or 5,750,000 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), which is discussed in Note 3 (the “Proposed Public Offering”) and the sale of 272,250 Units (or 294,750 Units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised on full) (the “Private Placement Units”) at a price of $10.00 per Unit in a private placement to the Company’s Sponsor that will close simultaneously with the Proposed Public Offering.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Units, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward completing a Business Combination. The Company must complete one or more initial Business Combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of net assets held in the Trust Account (as defined below) (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned on the Trust Account) at the time of signing a definitive agreement in connection with the initial Business Combination. Upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering, management has agreed that $10.10 per Unit sold in the Proposed Public Offering, including proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Units, will be held in a trust account (“Trust Account”) and invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund meeting certain conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust Account to the Company’s shareholders, as described below.

The Company will provide its shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company. The shareholders will be entitled to redeem their shares for a pro rata portion of the amount held in the Trust Account (initially $10.00 per share), calculated as of two business days prior to the completion of a Business Combination, including any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations. The ordinary shares will be recorded at redemption value and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Proposed Public Offering, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.”

The Company will proceed with a Business Combination only if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such completion of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, it receives an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law approving a Business Combination, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who vote at a general meeting of the Company. If a shareholder vote is not required under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons, the Company will, pursuant

F-7

Table of Contents

UK WISDOM LIMITED

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Organization, Business Operation and Going Concern (cont.)

to its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and file tender offer documents containing substantially the same information as would be included in a proxy statement with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor has agreed to vote its Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5), Private Placement Shares (as defined in Note 4) and any Public Shares purchased in or after the Proposed Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination and to waive its redemption rights with respect to any such shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a Business Combination. However, in no event will the Company redeem its Public Shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem its Public Shares, without voting, and if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against a proposed Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company seeks shareholder approval of a Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association provides that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the Public Shares without the Company’s prior written consent.

The Sponsor has agreed (a) to waive its redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares, Private Placement Shares and Public Shares held by it in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period (as defined below) or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless the Company provides the public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment and (iii) to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination.

The Company will have until 12 months from the closing of the Proposed Public Offering (or 21 months from the closing of the Proposed Public Offering if the Company may extend the period of time to consummate a Business Combination) (the “Combination Period”) to complete a Business Combination. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than 10 business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining shareholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to its obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

The Sponsor has agreed to waive its liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the Sponsor acquires Public Shares in or after the Proposed Public Offering, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Proposed Public Offering price per Unit ($10.00).

F-8

Table of Contents

UK WISDOM LIMITED

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1 — Organization, Business Operation and Going Concern (cont.)

The Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to the Company, if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or by a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (1) $10.00 per Public Share or (2) such lesser amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Proposed Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than the Company’s independent auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Going Concern Consideration

As of March 30, 2021, the Company had no cash and a working capital deficit of $72,127 (excluding deferred offering costs). The Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management plans to address this uncertainty through a Proposed Public Offering as discussed in Note 3. There is no assurance that the Company’s plans to raise capital or to consummate a Business Combination will be successful within the Combination Period. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Risks and Uncertainties

Management is currently evaluating the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies Basis of Presentation

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

F-9

Table of Contents

UK WISDOM LIMITED

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies Basis of Presentation (cont.)

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of March 30, 2021.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist of legal and accounting expenses incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to the Proposed Public Offering and that will be charged to shareholders’ equity upon the completion of the Proposed Public Offering. Should the Proposed Public Offering prove to be unsuccessful, these deferred costs, as well as additional expenses to be incurred, will be charged to earnings.

Net Loss Per Share

The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” Net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period, excluding ordinary shares subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor. Weighted average shares were reduced for the effect of an aggregate of 187,500 Class B ordinary shares that are subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters (see Note 5). At March 30, 2021, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then share in the earnings of the Company. As a result, diluted loss per share is the same as basic loss per share for the period presented.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the balance sheet, primarily due to its short-term nature.

F-10

Table of Contents

UK WISDOM LIMITED

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies Basis of Presentation (cont.)

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under FASB ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). ASC 740 requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for both the expected impact of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. ASC 740 additionally requires a valuation allowance to be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

FASB ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of March 30, 2021. The Company’s management determined that the Cayman Islands is the Company’s only major tax jurisdiction. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of March 30, 2021, there were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

There is currently no taxation imposed on income by the Government of the Cayman Islands. In accordance with Cayman income tax regulations, income taxes are not levied on the Company. Consequently, income taxes are not reflected in the Company’s financial statements. The Company’s management does not expect that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next twelve months.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Note 3 — Proposed Public Offering

Pursuant to the Proposed Public Offering, the Company will offer for sale up to 5,000,000 Units (or 5,750,000 Units if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full) at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit will consist of one Class A ordinary share and one right (“Public Right”). Each Public Right will entitle the holder to receive one-tenth of one Class A ordinary share at the closing of a Business Combination (see Note 7).

Note 4 — Private Placement

The Sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 272,250 Private Placement Units (or 294,750 Private Placement Units if the underwriters’ over-allotment is exercised in full) at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Unit, in each case, from the Company in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the closing of the Proposed Public Offering. Each Private Unit will consist of one Class A ordinary share (“Private Placement Share”) and one right (“Private Placement Right”). Each Private Placement Right will entitle the holder to receive one-tenth of one Class A ordinary share at the closing of a Business Combination. The proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Units will be added to the net proceeds from the Proposed Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Units will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law), and the Private Placements Units and all underlying securities will expire worthless.

F-11

Table of Contents

UK WISDOM LIMITED

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5 — Related Party Transactions

Founder Shares

As of March 30, 2021, the Sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.02 per share, to cover certain set up costs in consideration for 1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares (the “Founder Shares”), par value $0.0001. Up to 187,500 Founder Shares are subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full or in part, so that the Sponsor will collectively own 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares after the Proposed Public Offering (assuming the Sponsor does not purchase any Public Shares in the Proposed Public Offering and excluding the Private Placement Shares).

On March 30, 2021, the Sponsor transferred an aggregate of 70,000 insider shares to our officers and directors at $0.02 per share, which shares will not be subject to forfeiture in the event the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised. The insider shares held by the Sponsor include an aggregate of up to 187,500 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that the Company’s initial shareholders will collectively own 20.0% of the issued and outstanding shares after this offering (excluding the issuance of representative shares and the sale of the private units and assuming our initial shareholders do not purchase units in this offering). None of the Company’s initial shareholders has indicated an intention to purchase units in this offering.

The Sponsor has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the Founder Shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until, with respect to 50% of the Founder Shares, the earlier of six months after the date of the consummation of a Business Combination and the date on which the closing price of the Company’s ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period following the consummation of a Business Combination and, with respect to the remaining 50% of the Founder Shares, six months after the date of the consummation of a Business Combination, or earlier in each case if, subsequent to a Business Combination, the Company completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the stockholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Administrative Support Agreement

The Company intends to enter into an agreement, commencing on the effective date of the Proposed Public Offering through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination and its liquidation, to pay the Sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, administrative and support services.

Promissory Note — Related Party

On March 30, 2021, the Sponsor has agreed to provide unsecured loan to the Company through issuance of promissory note (the “Promissory Note”), pursuant to which the Company may borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The Promissory Note is non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2021 or (ii) the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering. As of March 30, 2021, the Company had no borrowings outstanding under the promissory note.

Working Capital Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor or certain of the Company’s directors and officers may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. Otherwise, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside the Trust Account. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans, but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written

F-12

Table of Contents

UK WISDOM LIMITED

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5 — Related Party Transactions (cont.)

agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,150,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into units of the post-Business Combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit. The units would be identical to the Private Placement Units. As of March 30, 2021, the Company had no borrowings under the Working Capital Loans.

Note 6 — Commitments & Contingencies

Registration Rights

The holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Units (and their underlying securities) and any Units that may be issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans (and underlying securities) will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of the Proposed Public Offering requiring the Company to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to the ordinary shares). The holders of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. The registration rights agreement does not contain liquidated damages or other cash settlement provisions resulting from delays in registering the Company’s securities. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriters Agreement

The Company have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 750,000 additional units at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. The underwriters have 45 days from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in which to exercise this option.

The underwriters will be entitled to a cash underwriting discount of two percent (2%) of the gross proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering, or $1,000,000 (or up to $1,150,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment is exercised in full). Additionally, the underwriters will be entitled to a deferred underwriting discount of 3.5% of the gross proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering upon the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination.

The Company have agreed to issue to Maxim Partners LLC (“Maxim”), parent of Maxim Group LLC, and/or its designees, 25,000 Class A ordinary shares (or 28,750 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full) upon the consummation of this offering. Maxim has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any such shares until the completion of the Company’s initial business combination. In addition, Maxim has agreed (i) to waive its redemption rights with respect to such shares in connection with the completion of the Company’s initial business combination and (ii) to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such shares if we fail to complete the Company’s initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 21 months from the closing of this offering if the Company extend the period of time to consummate a business combination).

The Company have agreed to sell to Maxim (and/or its designees), for $100, an option to purchase up to a total of 250,000 units (or 287,500 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) exercisable, in whole or in part, at $11.50 per unit, between the first and fifth anniversary dates of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The purchase option may be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and expires five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The option and the 250,000 units (or 287,500 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), as well as the 275,000 Class A ordinary shares (which includes the 25,000 Class A ordinary shares

F-13

Table of Contents

UK WISDOM LIMITED

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6 — Commitments & Contingencies (cont.)

issuable for the rights included in the units) (or 316,250 shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, which includes the 28,750 Class A ordinary shares issuable for the rights included in the units) have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a lock-up for a period of 180 days immediately following the commencement of sales in this offering pursuant to Rule 5110(e)(1) of FINRA’s Rules, during which time the option may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative or put or call transaction that would result in the economic disposition of the securities. Additionally, the option may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for a one-year period (including the foregoing 180-day period) following the date of this prospectus except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in the offering and their bona fide officers or partners. The option grants to holders one demand and unlimited “piggy-back” rights for periods of five and seven years, respectively, from the commencement of sales of this offering with respect to the registration under the Securities Act of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the option. The Company will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities, other than underwriting commissions which will be paid for by the holders themselves. The exercise price and number of units issuable upon exercise of the option may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or the Company’s recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the option will not be adjusted for issuances of Class A ordinary shares at a price below its exercise price. The Company will have no obligation to net cash settle the exercise of the purchase option. The holder of the purchase option will not be entitled to exercise the purchase option unless a registration statement covering the securities underlying the purchase option is effective or an exemption from registration is available. If the holder is unable to exercise the purchase option, the purchase option will expire worthless.

Note 7 — Shareholders’ Equity

Preference shares — The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001, provide that preference shares may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Company’s board of directors will be authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. As of March 30, 2021, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Class A ordinary shares — The Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. At March 30, 2021, there were no Class A ordinary shares issued or outstanding.

Class B ordinary shares — The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders are entitled to one vote for each share of Class B ordinary shares. At March 30, 2021, there were 1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding. Of the 1,437,500 Class B ordinary shares, an aggregate of up to 187,500 shares are subject to forfeiture to the Company for no consideration to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in part or in full, so that the Sponsor will own 20% of the issued and outstanding shares after the Proposed Public Offering (assuming the Sponsor does not purchase any Public Shares in the Proposed Public Offering and excluding the Private Placement Shares).

Holders of Class A ordinary shares and holders of Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s shareholders except as required by law or the rules of NASDAQ then in effect. Unless specified in the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or as required by applicable provisions of the Companies Act or applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Company’s ordinary shares that are voted is required to approve any such matter voted on by the shareholders. Approval of certain actions will require a special resolution under Cayman Islands law, and pursuant to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of the initial Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities are issued or deemed issued in connection with the initial Business Combination, the number of Class A ordinary shares

F-14

Table of Contents

UK WISDOM LIMITED

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 7 — Shareholders’ Equity (cont.)

issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, 20% of the total number of Class A ordinary shares outstanding after such conversion (after giving effect to any redemptions of Class A ordinary shares by public shareholders), including the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued, or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial Business Combination issued to the Sponsor, officers or directors upon conversion of Working Capital Loans; provided that such conversion of Founder Shares will never occur on less than a one-for-one basis.

Rights — Each holder of a right will receive one-tenth (1/10) of one ordinary share upon consummation of a Business Combination, even if the holder of such right redeemed all ordinary shares held by it in connection with a Business Combination. No additional consideration will be required to be paid by a holder of Rights in order to receive its additional shares upon consummation of a Business Combination, as the consideration related thereto has been included in the unit purchase price paid for by investors in the Proposed Public Offering. If the Company enter into a definitive agreement for a Business Combination in which the Company will not be the surviving entity, the definitive agreement will provide for the holders of Rights to receive the same per share consideration the holders of the ordinary shares will receive in the transaction on an as-converted into ordinary share basis, and each holder of a Right will be required to affirmatively convert its Rights in order to receive the 1/10 share underlying each Right (without paying any additional consideration) upon consummation of a Business Combination. More specifically, the Right holder will be required to indicate its election to convert the Rights into underlying shares as well as to return the original rights certificates to the Company. The Company will not issue fractional shares in connection with an exchange of rights.

If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of Rights will not receive any of such funds with respect to their Rights, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such Rights, and the Rights will expire worthless. Further, there are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities to the holders of the Rights upon consummation of a Business Combination. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the rights. Accordingly, the rights may expire worthless.

Note 8 — Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to April 22, 2021, the date that the financial statements were available to be issued. Based on this review, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

F-15

Table of Contents

$50,000,000

UK Wisdom Limited

5,000,000 Units

____________________________________________________________________

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

____________________________________________________________________

Sole Book-Running Manager

Maxim Group LLC

, 2021

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. No one has been authorized to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus. We take no responsibility for any other information others may give to you. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. This prospectus is dated as of the date set forth on the cover hereof. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than that date.

Until           , 2021 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our Class A ordinary shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering described in this registration statement (other than the underwriting discount and commissions) will be as follows:

Initial Trustees’ fee(1)

 

$

18,000

SEC registration fee

 

 

7,329

FINRA filing fee

 

 

9,991

Nasdaq listing fees

 

 

75,000

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

275,000

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

40,000

Printing, engraving and roadshow expenses

 

 

40,000

Miscellaneous(2)

 

 

257,180

Total

 

$

722,500

____________

(1)      In addition to the initial acceptance fee that is charged by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as trustee, the registrant will be required to pay to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC $1,150 per month for acting as trustee, as transfer agent of the registrant’s ordinary shares, as rights agent for the registrant’s rights, and as escrow agent.

(2)      This amount represents additional expenses that may be incurred by the Company in connection with the offering over and above those specifically listed above, including annual director and officer liability insurance premiums the Registrant anticipates paying following the completion of its initial public offering and until it completes a business combination, and distribution and mailing costs.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences for committing a crime. Our post-offering memorandum and articles of association provide that each officer or director of our company (but not auditors) shall be indemnified against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such director or officer, other than by reason of such person’s own dishonesty or fraud, in or about the conduct of our company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his or her duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such director or officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning our company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

Pursuant to the form of indemnity agreement filed as Exhibit 10.1 to this registration statement, we will agree to indemnify our directors and officers against certain liabilities and expenses that they incur in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

During the past three years, we sold the following ordinary shares without registration under the Securities Act:

•        On March 30, 2021, we sold an aggregate number of 1,437,500 class A ordinary shares to our sponsor, Ucommune Talent Limited, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.017 per share. Our sponsor is a Cayman Islands exempted company, of which (i) UK Talent Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Ucommune International Ltd, owns an 85% equity interest, and (ii) Mao Daqing, our Director, and founder, Director and controlling shareholder of Ucommune International Ltd, owns a 15% interest. These issuances were made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

II-1

Table of Contents

•        In addition, our sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 272,250 private units from the Company for an aggregate price of $2,722,500, or at a price of $10.00 per private unit, on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. Our sponsor has also agreed that if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters in full or in part, they will purchase from the Company up to an additional 22,500 private units for an aggregate price of $225,000, or at a price of $10.00 per private unit. These issuances will be made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)     Exhibits.    The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:

Exhibit No.

 

Description

1.1*

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

3.1**

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association.

3.2*

 

Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.

4.1**

 

Specimen Unit Certificate.

4.2**

 

Specimen Class A Ordinary Share Certificate.

4.3**

 

Specimen Right Certificate.

4.4**

 

Form of Rights Agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC and the Registrant.

4.5**

 

Form of Unit Purchase Option between the Registrant and Maxim Partners LLC.

5.1**

 

Opinion of Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP.

5.2**

 

Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP.

10.1**

 

Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and officers.

10.2**

 

Promissory Note, dated March 30, 2021, issued to the Sponsor.

10.3**

 

Form of Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Maxim Group LLC and the Registrant’s officers, directors and shareholders.

10.4**

 

Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement between American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC and the Registrant.

10.5**

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant and the Initial Shareholders.

10.6**

 

Form of Subscription Agreement between the Registrant and the Sponsor with respect to private units.

10.7**

 

Securities Subscription Agreement, dated March 30, 2021, between the Registrant and the Sponsor.

10.8**

 

Form of Administrative Services Agreement, by and between the Registrant and an affiliate of the Registrant.

14.1**

 

Form of Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Registrant.

23.1*

 

Consent of Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP.

23.2**

 

Consent of Maples and Calder (Hong Kong) LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

23.3**

 

Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2).

24.1**

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page to this Registration Statement).

99.1**

 

Form of Audit Committee Charter.

99.2**

 

Form of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter.

99.3**

 

Form of Compensation Committee Charter.

99.4**

 

Consent of Zhuangkun He.

99.5**

 

Consent of Wenbing Chris Wang.

99.6**

 

Consent of Albert Lyu.

99.7**

 

Consent of Qingyou Guan.

____________

*        Filed herewith.

**      Previously filed.

(b)    Financial Statements.    See page F-1 for an index to the financial statements and schedules included in the registration statement.

II-2

Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

(a)     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b)    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. If a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c)     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(i)     For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(ii)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(iii)   To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(iv)   For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

II-3

Table of Contents

(v)    For the purpose of determining liability of a registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of an undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(A)    Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(B)    Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by an undersigned registrant;

(C)    The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(D)    Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-4

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Beijing, the People’s Republic of China, on June 21, 2021.

 

UK Wisdom Limited

   

By:

 

/s/ Xuefei Xiao

       

Name: Xuefei Xiao

       

Title: Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on June 21, 2021.

Signature

 

Title

*

 

Director

Daqing Mao

   

/s/ Xuefei Xiao

 

Chief Executive Officer

Xuefei Xiao

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Siyuan Wang

 

Chief Financial Officer

Siyuan Wang

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

* By:

 

/s/ Xuefei Xiao

   
   

Xuefei Xiao

   
   

Attorney-in-fact

   

II-5

Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of UK Wisdom Limited, has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in New York on June 21, 2021.

 

Authorized U.S. Representative

   

Cogency Global Inc.

   

By:

 

/s/ Colleen A. De Vries

       

Name: Colleen A. De Vries

       

Title: Senior Vice President on behalf of Cogency Global Inc.

II-6